1 /* 2 * This file is part of gtkD. 3 * 4 * gtkD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License 6 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 7 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version, with 8 * some exceptions, please read the COPYING file. 9 * 10 * gtkD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 11 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 12 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 13 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. 14 * 15 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License 16 * along with gtkD; if not, write to the Free Software 17 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA 18 */ 19 20 // generated automatically - do not change 21 // find conversion definition on APILookup.txt 22 // implement new conversion functionalities on the wrap.utils pakage 23 24 25 module gtkc.gtktypes; 26 27 public import gtkc.cairotypes; 28 public import gtkc.glibtypes; 29 public import gtkc.gobjecttypes; 30 public import gtkc.giotypes; 31 public import gtkc.pangotypes; 32 public import gtkc.atktypes; 33 public import gtkc.gdkpixbuftypes; 34 public import gtkc.gdktypes; 35 36 extern(C) Object _d_newclass(ClassInfo ci); 37 38 alias GtkAllocation* Allocation; 39 40 /** 41 * A #GtkAllocation-struct of a widget represents region 42 * which has been allocated to the widget by its parent. It is a subregion 43 * of its parents allocation. See 44 * [GtkWidget’s geometry management section][geometry-management] for 45 * more information. 46 */ 47 public alias GdkRectangle GtkAllocation; 48 49 public alias void* GtkStock; 50 51 /** 52 * Accelerator flags used with gtk_accel_group_connect(). 53 */ 54 public enum GtkAccelFlags 55 { 56 /** 57 * Accelerator is visible 58 */ 59 VISIBLE = 1, 60 /** 61 * Accelerator not removable 62 */ 63 LOCKED = 2, 64 /** 65 * Mask 66 */ 67 MASK = 7, 68 } 69 alias GtkAccelFlags AccelFlags; 70 71 /** 72 * Controls how a widget deals with extra space in a single (x or y) 73 * dimension. 74 * 75 * Alignment only matters if the widget receives a “too large” allocation, 76 * for example if you packed the widget with the #GtkWidget:expand 77 * flag inside a #GtkBox, then the widget might get extra space. If 78 * you have for example a 16x16 icon inside a 32x32 space, the icon 79 * could be scaled and stretched, it could be centered, or it could be 80 * positioned to one side of the space. 81 * 82 * Note that in horizontal context @GTK_ALIGN_START and @GTK_ALIGN_END 83 * are interpreted relative to text direction. 84 * 85 * GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE support for it is optional for containers and widgets, and 86 * it is only supported for vertical alignment. When its not supported by 87 * a child or a container it is treated as @GTK_ALIGN_FILL. 88 */ 89 public enum GtkAlign 90 { 91 /** 92 * stretch to fill all space if possible, center if 93 * no meaningful way to stretch 94 */ 95 FILL = 0, 96 /** 97 * snap to left or top side, leaving space on right 98 * or bottom 99 */ 100 START = 1, 101 /** 102 * snap to right or bottom side, leaving space on left 103 * or top 104 */ 105 END = 2, 106 /** 107 * center natural width of widget inside the 108 * allocation 109 */ 110 CENTER = 3, 111 /** 112 * align the widget according to the baseline. Since 3.10. 113 */ 114 BASELINE = 4, 115 } 116 alias GtkAlign Align; 117 118 /** 119 * Types of user actions that may be blocked by gtk_application_inhibit(). 120 * 121 * Since: 3.4 122 */ 123 public enum GtkApplicationInhibitFlags 124 { 125 /** 126 * Inhibit ending the user session 127 * by logging out or by shutting down the computer 128 */ 129 LOGOUT = 1, 130 /** 131 * Inhibit user switching 132 */ 133 SWITCH = 2, 134 /** 135 * Inhibit suspending the 136 * session or computer 137 */ 138 SUSPEND = 4, 139 /** 140 * Inhibit the session being 141 * marked as idle (and possibly locked) 142 */ 143 IDLE = 8, 144 } 145 alias GtkApplicationInhibitFlags ApplicationInhibitFlags; 146 147 /** 148 * Used to specify the placement of scroll arrows in scrolling menus. 149 */ 150 public enum GtkArrowPlacement 151 { 152 /** 153 * Place one arrow on each end of the menu. 154 */ 155 BOTH = 0, 156 /** 157 * Place both arrows at the top of the menu. 158 */ 159 START = 1, 160 /** 161 * Place both arrows at the bottom of the menu. 162 */ 163 END = 2, 164 } 165 alias GtkArrowPlacement ArrowPlacement; 166 167 /** 168 * Used to indicate the direction in which an arrow should point. 169 */ 170 public enum GtkArrowType 171 { 172 /** 173 * Represents an upward pointing arrow. 174 */ 175 UP = 0, 176 /** 177 * Represents a downward pointing arrow. 178 */ 179 DOWN = 1, 180 /** 181 * Represents a left pointing arrow. 182 */ 183 LEFT = 2, 184 /** 185 * Represents a right pointing arrow. 186 */ 187 RIGHT = 3, 188 /** 189 * No arrow. Since 2.10. 190 */ 191 NONE = 4, 192 } 193 alias GtkArrowType ArrowType; 194 195 /** 196 * An enum for determining the page role inside the #GtkAssistant. It's 197 * used to handle buttons sensitivity and visibility. 198 * 199 * Note that an assistant needs to end its page flow with a page of type 200 * %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM, %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_SUMMARY or 201 * %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS to be correct. 202 * 203 * The Cancel button will only be shown if the page isn’t “committed”. 204 * See gtk_assistant_commit() for details. 205 */ 206 public enum GtkAssistantPageType 207 { 208 /** 209 * The page has regular contents. Both the 210 * Back and forward buttons will be shown. 211 */ 212 CONTENT = 0, 213 /** 214 * The page contains an introduction to the 215 * assistant task. Only the Forward button will be shown if there is a 216 * next page. 217 */ 218 INTRO = 1, 219 /** 220 * The page lets the user confirm or deny the 221 * changes. The Back and Apply buttons will be shown. 222 */ 223 CONFIRM = 2, 224 /** 225 * The page informs the user of the changes 226 * done. Only the Close button will be shown. 227 */ 228 SUMMARY = 3, 229 /** 230 * Used for tasks that take a long time to 231 * complete, blocks the assistant until the page is marked as complete. 232 * Only the back button will be shown. 233 */ 234 PROGRESS = 4, 235 /** 236 * Used for when other page types are not 237 * appropriate. No buttons will be shown, and the application must 238 * add its own buttons through gtk_assistant_add_action_widget(). 239 */ 240 CUSTOM = 5, 241 } 242 alias GtkAssistantPageType AssistantPageType; 243 244 /** 245 * Denotes the expansion properties that a widget will have when it (or its 246 * parent) is resized. 247 */ 248 public enum GtkAttachOptions 249 { 250 /** 251 * the widget should expand to take up any extra space in its 252 * container that has been allocated. 253 */ 254 EXPAND = 1, 255 /** 256 * the widget should shrink as and when possible. 257 */ 258 SHRINK = 2, 259 /** 260 * the widget should fill the space allocated to it. 261 */ 262 FILL = 4, 263 } 264 alias GtkAttachOptions AttachOptions; 265 266 /** 267 * Whenever a container has some form of natural row it may align 268 * children in that row along a common typographical baseline. If 269 * the amount of verical space in the row is taller than the total 270 * requested height of the baseline-aligned children then it can use a 271 * #GtkBaselinePosition to select where to put the baseline inside the 272 * extra availible space. 273 * 274 * Since: 3.10 275 */ 276 public enum GtkBaselinePosition 277 { 278 /** 279 * Align the baseline at the top 280 */ 281 TOP = 0, 282 /** 283 * Center the baseline 284 */ 285 CENTER = 1, 286 /** 287 * Align the baseline at the bottom 288 */ 289 BOTTOM = 2, 290 } 291 alias GtkBaselinePosition BaselinePosition; 292 293 /** 294 * Describes how the border of a UI element should be rendered. 295 */ 296 public enum GtkBorderStyle 297 { 298 /** 299 * No visible border 300 */ 301 NONE = 0, 302 /** 303 * A single line segment 304 */ 305 SOLID = 1, 306 /** 307 * Looks as if the content is sunken into the canvas 308 */ 309 INSET = 2, 310 /** 311 * Looks as if the content is coming out of the canvas 312 */ 313 OUTSET = 3, 314 /** 315 * Same as @GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE 316 */ 317 HIDDEN = 4, 318 /** 319 * A series of round dots 320 */ 321 DOTTED = 5, 322 /** 323 * A series of square-ended dashes 324 */ 325 DASHED = 6, 326 /** 327 * Two parallel lines with some space between them 328 */ 329 DOUBLE = 7, 330 /** 331 * Looks as if it were carved in the canvas 332 */ 333 GROOVE = 8, 334 /** 335 * Looks as if it were coming out of the canvas 336 */ 337 RIDGE = 9, 338 } 339 alias GtkBorderStyle BorderStyle; 340 341 /** 342 * Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using 343 * #GtkBuilder. 344 */ 345 public enum GtkBuilderError 346 { 347 /** 348 * A type-func attribute didn’t name 349 * a function that returns a #GType. 350 */ 351 INVALID_TYPE_FUNCTION = 0, 352 /** 353 * The input contained a tag that #GtkBuilder 354 * can’t handle. 355 */ 356 UNHANDLED_TAG = 1, 357 /** 358 * An attribute that is required by 359 * #GtkBuilder was missing. 360 */ 361 MISSING_ATTRIBUTE = 2, 362 /** 363 * #GtkBuilder found an attribute that 364 * it doesn’t understand. 365 */ 366 INVALID_ATTRIBUTE = 3, 367 /** 368 * #GtkBuilder found a tag that 369 * it doesn’t understand. 370 */ 371 INVALID_TAG = 4, 372 /** 373 * A required property value was 374 * missing. 375 */ 376 MISSING_PROPERTY_VALUE = 5, 377 /** 378 * #GtkBuilder couldn’t parse 379 * some attribute value. 380 */ 381 INVALID_VALUE = 6, 382 /** 383 * The input file requires a newer version 384 * of GTK+. 385 */ 386 VERSION_MISMATCH = 7, 387 /** 388 * An object id occurred twice. 389 */ 390 DUPLICATE_ID = 8, 391 /** 392 * A specified object type is of the same type or 393 * derived from the type of the composite class being extended with builder XML. 394 */ 395 OBJECT_TYPE_REFUSED = 9, 396 /** 397 * The wrong type was specified in a composite class’s template XML 398 */ 399 TEMPLATE_MISMATCH = 10, 400 /** 401 * The specified property is unknown for the object class. 402 */ 403 INVALID_PROPERTY = 11, 404 /** 405 * The specified signal is unknown for the object class. 406 */ 407 INVALID_SIGNAL = 12, 408 /** 409 * An object id is unknown 410 */ 411 INVALID_ID = 13, 412 } 413 alias GtkBuilderError BuilderError; 414 415 /** 416 * Used to dictate the style that a #GtkButtonBox uses to layout the buttons it 417 * contains. 418 */ 419 public enum GtkButtonBoxStyle 420 { 421 /** 422 * Buttons are evenly spread across the box. 423 */ 424 SPREAD = 1, 425 /** 426 * Buttons are placed at the edges of the box. 427 */ 428 EDGE = 2, 429 /** 430 * Buttons are grouped towards the start of the box, 431 * (on the left for a HBox, or the top for a VBox). 432 */ 433 START = 3, 434 /** 435 * Buttons are grouped towards the end of the box, 436 * (on the right for a HBox, or the bottom for a VBox). 437 */ 438 END = 4, 439 /** 440 * Buttons are centered in the box. Since 2.12. 441 */ 442 CENTER = 5, 443 /** 444 * Buttons expand to fill the box. This entails giving 445 * buttons a "linked" appearance, making button sizes homogeneous, and 446 * setting spacing to 0 (same as calling gtk_box_set_homogeneous() and 447 * gtk_box_set_spacing() manually). Since 3.12. 448 */ 449 EXPAND = 6, 450 } 451 alias GtkButtonBoxStyle ButtonBoxStyle; 452 453 /** 454 * The role specifies the desired appearance of a #GtkModelButton. 455 */ 456 public enum GtkButtonRole 457 { 458 /** 459 * A plain button 460 */ 461 NORMAL = 0, 462 /** 463 * A check button 464 */ 465 CHECK = 1, 466 /** 467 * A radio button 468 */ 469 RADIO = 2, 470 } 471 alias GtkButtonRole ButtonRole; 472 473 /** 474 * Prebuilt sets of buttons for the dialog. If 475 * none of these choices are appropriate, simply use %GTK_BUTTONS_NONE 476 * then call gtk_dialog_add_buttons(). 477 * 478 * > Please note that %GTK_BUTTONS_OK, %GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO 479 * > and %GTK_BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL are discouraged by the 480 * > [GNOME Human Interface Guidelines](http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/). 481 */ 482 public enum GtkButtonsType 483 { 484 /** 485 * no buttons at all 486 */ 487 NONE = 0, 488 /** 489 * an OK button 490 */ 491 OK = 1, 492 /** 493 * a Close button 494 */ 495 CLOSE = 2, 496 /** 497 * a Cancel button 498 */ 499 CANCEL = 3, 500 /** 501 * Yes and No buttons 502 */ 503 YES_NO = 4, 504 /** 505 * OK and Cancel buttons 506 */ 507 OK_CANCEL = 5, 508 } 509 alias GtkButtonsType ButtonsType; 510 511 /** 512 * These options can be used to influence the display and behaviour of a #GtkCalendar. 513 */ 514 public enum GtkCalendarDisplayOptions 515 { 516 /** 517 * Specifies that the month and year should be displayed. 518 */ 519 SHOW_HEADING = 1, 520 /** 521 * Specifies that three letter day descriptions should be present. 522 */ 523 SHOW_DAY_NAMES = 2, 524 /** 525 * Prevents the user from switching months with the calendar. 526 */ 527 NO_MONTH_CHANGE = 4, 528 /** 529 * Displays each week numbers of the current year, down the 530 * left side of the calendar. 531 */ 532 SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS = 8, 533 /** 534 * Just show an indicator, not the full details 535 * text when details are provided. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). 536 */ 537 SHOW_DETAILS = 32, 538 } 539 alias GtkCalendarDisplayOptions CalendarDisplayOptions; 540 541 /** 542 * Determines if the edited accelerators are GTK+ accelerators. If 543 * they are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators 544 * accepted by GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered 545 * in the same way as they are in menus. 546 */ 547 public enum GtkCellRendererAccelMode 548 { 549 /** 550 * GTK+ accelerators mode 551 */ 552 GTK = 0, 553 /** 554 * Other accelerator mode 555 */ 556 OTHER = 1, 557 } 558 alias GtkCellRendererAccelMode CellRendererAccelMode; 559 560 /** 561 * Identifies how the user can interact with a particular cell. 562 */ 563 public enum GtkCellRendererMode 564 { 565 /** 566 * The cell is just for display 567 * and cannot be interacted with. Note that this doesn’t mean that eg. the 568 * row being drawn can’t be selected -- just that a particular element of 569 * it cannot be individually modified. 570 */ 571 INERT = 0, 572 /** 573 * The cell can be clicked. 574 */ 575 ACTIVATABLE = 1, 576 /** 577 * The cell can be edited or otherwise modified. 578 */ 579 EDITABLE = 2, 580 } 581 alias GtkCellRendererMode CellRendererMode; 582 583 /** 584 * Tells how a cell is to be rendered. 585 */ 586 public enum GtkCellRendererState 587 { 588 /** 589 * The cell is currently selected, and 590 * probably has a selection colored background to render to. 591 */ 592 SELECTED = 1, 593 /** 594 * The mouse is hovering over the cell. 595 */ 596 PRELIT = 2, 597 /** 598 * The cell is drawn in an insensitive manner 599 */ 600 INSENSITIVE = 4, 601 /** 602 * The cell is in a sorted row 603 */ 604 SORTED = 8, 605 /** 606 * The cell is in the focus row. 607 */ 608 FOCUSED = 16, 609 /** 610 * The cell is in a row that can be expanded. Since 3.4 611 */ 612 EXPANDABLE = 32, 613 /** 614 * The cell is in a row that is expanded. Since 3.4 615 */ 616 EXPANDED = 64, 617 } 618 alias GtkCellRendererState CellRendererState; 619 620 /** 621 * Specifies which corner a child widget should be placed in when packed into 622 * a #GtkScrolledWindow. This is effectively the opposite of where the scroll 623 * bars are placed. 624 */ 625 public enum GtkCornerType 626 { 627 /** 628 * Place the scrollbars on the right and bottom of the 629 * widget (default behaviour). 630 */ 631 TOP_LEFT = 0, 632 /** 633 * Place the scrollbars on the top and right of the 634 * widget. 635 */ 636 BOTTOM_LEFT = 1, 637 /** 638 * Place the scrollbars on the left and bottom of the 639 * widget. 640 */ 641 TOP_RIGHT = 2, 642 /** 643 * Place the scrollbars on the top and left of the 644 * widget. 645 */ 646 BOTTOM_RIGHT = 3, 647 } 648 alias GtkCornerType CornerType; 649 650 /** 651 * Error codes for %GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR. 652 */ 653 public enum GtkCssProviderError 654 { 655 /** 656 * Failed. 657 */ 658 FAILED = 0, 659 /** 660 * Syntax error. 661 */ 662 SYNTAX = 1, 663 /** 664 * Import error. 665 */ 666 IMPORT = 2, 667 /** 668 * Name error. 669 */ 670 NAME = 3, 671 /** 672 * Deprecation error. 673 */ 674 DEPRECATED = 4, 675 /** 676 * Unknown value. 677 */ 678 UNKNOWN_VALUE = 5, 679 } 680 alias GtkCssProviderError CssProviderError; 681 682 /** 683 * The different types of sections indicate parts of a CSS document as 684 * parsed by GTK’s CSS parser. They are oriented towards the 685 * [CSS Grammar](http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/grammar.html), 686 * but may contain extensions. 687 * 688 * More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates 689 * more features. 690 * 691 * Since: 3.2 692 */ 693 public enum GtkCssSectionType 694 { 695 /** 696 * The section describes a complete document. 697 * This section time is the only one where gtk_css_section_get_parent() 698 * might return %NULL. 699 */ 700 DOCUMENT = 0, 701 /** 702 * The section defines an import rule. 703 */ 704 IMPORT = 1, 705 /** 706 * The section defines a color. This 707 * is a GTK extension to CSS. 708 */ 709 COLOR_DEFINITION = 2, 710 /** 711 * The section defines a binding set. This 712 * is a GTK extension to CSS. 713 */ 714 BINDING_SET = 3, 715 /** 716 * The section defines a CSS ruleset. 717 */ 718 RULESET = 4, 719 /** 720 * The section defines a CSS selector. 721 */ 722 SELECTOR = 5, 723 /** 724 * The section defines the declaration of 725 * a CSS variable. 726 */ 727 DECLARATION = 6, 728 /** 729 * The section defines the value of a CSS declaration. 730 */ 731 VALUE = 7, 732 /** 733 * The section defines keyframes. See [CSS 734 * Animations](http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-animations/#keyframes) for details. Since 3.6 735 */ 736 KEYFRAMES = 8, 737 } 738 alias GtkCssSectionType CssSectionType; 739 740 public enum GtkDebugFlag 741 { 742 MISC = 1, 743 PLUGSOCKET = 2, 744 TEXT = 4, 745 TREE = 8, 746 UPDATES = 16, 747 KEYBINDINGS = 32, 748 MULTIHEAD = 64, 749 MODULES = 128, 750 GEOMETRY = 256, 751 ICONTHEME = 512, 752 PRINTING = 1024, 753 BUILDER = 2048, 754 SIZE_REQUEST = 4096, 755 NO_CSS_CACHE = 8192, 756 BASELINES = 16384, 757 PIXEL_CACHE = 32768, 758 NO_PIXEL_CACHE = 65536, 759 INTERACTIVE = 131072, 760 TOUCHSCREEN = 262144, 761 ACTIONS = 524288, 762 } 763 alias GtkDebugFlag DebugFlag; 764 765 /** 766 * See also: #GtkEntry::delete-from-cursor. 767 */ 768 public enum GtkDeleteType 769 { 770 /** 771 * Delete characters. 772 */ 773 CHARS = 0, 774 /** 775 * Delete only the portion of the word to the 776 * left/right of cursor if we’re in the middle of a word. 777 */ 778 WORD_ENDS = 1, 779 /** 780 * Delete words. 781 */ 782 WORDS = 2, 783 /** 784 * Delete display-lines. Display-lines 785 * refers to the visible lines, with respect to to the current line 786 * breaks. As opposed to paragraphs, which are defined by line 787 * breaks in the input. 788 */ 789 DISPLAY_LINES = 3, 790 /** 791 * Delete only the portion of the 792 * display-line to the left/right of cursor. 793 */ 794 DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS = 4, 795 /** 796 * Delete to the end of the 797 * paragraph. Like C-k in Emacs (or its reverse). 798 */ 799 PARAGRAPH_ENDS = 5, 800 /** 801 * Delete entire line. Like C-k in pico. 802 */ 803 PARAGRAPHS = 6, 804 /** 805 * Delete only whitespace. Like M-\ in Emacs. 806 */ 807 WHITESPACE = 7, 808 } 809 alias GtkDeleteType DeleteType; 810 811 /** 812 * The #GtkDestDefaults enumeration specifies the various 813 * types of action that will be taken on behalf 814 * of the user for a drag destination site. 815 */ 816 public enum GtkDestDefaults 817 { 818 /** 819 * If set for a widget, GTK+, during a drag over this 820 * widget will check if the drag matches this widget’s list of possible targets 821 * and actions. 822 * GTK+ will then call gdk_drag_status() as appropriate. 823 */ 824 MOTION = 1, 825 /** 826 * If set for a widget, GTK+ will draw a highlight on 827 * this widget as long as a drag is over this widget and the widget drag format 828 * and action are acceptable. 829 */ 830 HIGHLIGHT = 2, 831 /** 832 * If set for a widget, when a drop occurs, GTK+ will 833 * will check if the drag matches this widget’s list of possible targets and 834 * actions. If so, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_get_data() on behalf of the widget. 835 * Whether or not the drop is successful, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_finish(). If 836 * the action was a move, then if the drag was successful, then %TRUE will be 837 * passed for the @delete parameter to gtk_drag_finish(). 838 */ 839 DROP = 4, 840 /** 841 * If set, specifies that all default actions should 842 * be taken. 843 */ 844 ALL = 7, 845 } 846 alias GtkDestDefaults DestDefaults; 847 848 /** 849 * Flags used to influence dialog construction. 850 */ 851 public enum GtkDialogFlags 852 { 853 /** 854 * Make the constructed dialog modal, 855 * see gtk_window_set_modal() 856 */ 857 MODAL = 1, 858 /** 859 * Destroy the dialog when its 860 * parent is destroyed, see gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent() 861 */ 862 DESTROY_WITH_PARENT = 2, 863 /** 864 * Create dialog with actions in header 865 * bar instead of action area. Since 3.12. 866 */ 867 USE_HEADER_BAR = 4, 868 } 869 alias GtkDialogFlags DialogFlags; 870 871 /** 872 * Focus movement types. 873 */ 874 public enum GtkDirectionType 875 { 876 /** 877 * Move forward. 878 */ 879 TAB_FORWARD = 0, 880 /** 881 * Move backward. 882 */ 883 TAB_BACKWARD = 1, 884 /** 885 * Move up. 886 */ 887 UP = 2, 888 /** 889 * Move down. 890 */ 891 DOWN = 3, 892 /** 893 * Move left. 894 */ 895 LEFT = 4, 896 /** 897 * Move right. 898 */ 899 RIGHT = 5, 900 } 901 alias GtkDirectionType DirectionType; 902 903 /** 904 * Gives an indication why a drag operation failed. 905 * The value can by obtained by connecting to the 906 * #GtkWidget::drag-failed signal. 907 */ 908 public enum GtkDragResult 909 { 910 /** 911 * The drag operation was successful. 912 */ 913 SUCCESS = 0, 914 /** 915 * No suitable drag target. 916 */ 917 NO_TARGET = 1, 918 /** 919 * The user cancelled the drag operation. 920 */ 921 USER_CANCELLED = 2, 922 /** 923 * The drag operation timed out. 924 */ 925 TIMEOUT_EXPIRED = 3, 926 /** 927 * The pointer or keyboard grab used 928 * for the drag operation was broken. 929 */ 930 GRAB_BROKEN = 4, 931 /** 932 * The drag operation failed due to some 933 * unspecified error. 934 */ 935 ERROR = 5, 936 } 937 alias GtkDragResult DragResult; 938 939 /** 940 * Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed. 941 * 942 * Since: 2.16 943 */ 944 public enum GtkEntryIconPosition 945 { 946 /** 947 * At the beginning of the entry (depending on the text direction). 948 */ 949 PRIMARY = 0, 950 /** 951 * At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction). 952 */ 953 SECONDARY = 1, 954 } 955 alias GtkEntryIconPosition EntryIconPosition; 956 957 /** 958 * Describes the state of a #GdkEventSequence in a #GtkGesture. 959 * 960 * Since: 3.14 961 */ 962 public enum GtkEventSequenceState 963 { 964 /** 965 * The sequence is handled, but not grabbed. 966 */ 967 NONE = 0, 968 /** 969 * The sequence is handled and grabbed. 970 */ 971 CLAIMED = 1, 972 /** 973 * The sequence is denied. 974 */ 975 DENIED = 2, 976 } 977 alias GtkEventSequenceState EventSequenceState; 978 979 /** 980 * Used to specify the style of the expanders drawn by a #GtkTreeView. 981 */ 982 public enum GtkExpanderStyle 983 { 984 /** 985 * The style used for a collapsed subtree. 986 */ 987 COLLAPSED = 0, 988 /** 989 * Intermediate style used during animation. 990 */ 991 SEMI_COLLAPSED = 1, 992 /** 993 * Intermediate style used during animation. 994 */ 995 SEMI_EXPANDED = 2, 996 /** 997 * The style used for an expanded subtree. 998 */ 999 EXPANDED = 3, 1000 } 1001 alias GtkExpanderStyle ExpanderStyle; 1002 1003 /** 1004 * Describes whether a #GtkFileChooser is being used to open existing files 1005 * or to save to a possibly new file. 1006 */ 1007 public enum GtkFileChooserAction 1008 { 1009 /** 1010 * Indicates open mode. The file chooser 1011 * will only let the user pick an existing file. 1012 */ 1013 OPEN = 0, 1014 /** 1015 * Indicates save mode. The file chooser 1016 * will let the user pick an existing file, or type in a new 1017 * filename. 1018 */ 1019 SAVE = 1, 1020 /** 1021 * Indicates an Open mode for 1022 * selecting folders. The file chooser will let the user pick an 1023 * existing folder. 1024 */ 1025 SELECT_FOLDER = 2, 1026 /** 1027 * Indicates a mode for creating a 1028 * new folder. The file chooser will let the user name an existing or 1029 * new folder. 1030 */ 1031 CREATE_FOLDER = 3, 1032 } 1033 alias GtkFileChooserAction FileChooserAction; 1034 1035 /** 1036 * Used as a return value of handlers for the 1037 * #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal of a #GtkFileChooser. This 1038 * value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock 1039 * confirmation dialog, accept the user’s choice of a filename, or 1040 * let the user choose another filename. 1041 * 1042 * Since: 2.8 1043 */ 1044 public enum GtkFileChooserConfirmation 1045 { 1046 /** 1047 * The file chooser will present 1048 * its stock dialog to confirm about overwriting an existing file. 1049 */ 1050 CONFIRM = 0, 1051 /** 1052 * The file chooser will 1053 * terminate and accept the user’s choice of a file name. 1054 */ 1055 ACCEPT_FILENAME = 1, 1056 /** 1057 * The file chooser will 1058 * continue running, so as to let the user select another file name. 1059 */ 1060 SELECT_AGAIN = 2, 1061 } 1062 alias GtkFileChooserConfirmation FileChooserConfirmation; 1063 1064 /** 1065 * These identify the various errors that can occur while calling 1066 * #GtkFileChooser functions. 1067 */ 1068 public enum GtkFileChooserError 1069 { 1070 /** 1071 * Indicates that a file does not exist. 1072 */ 1073 NONEXISTENT = 0, 1074 /** 1075 * Indicates a malformed filename. 1076 */ 1077 BAD_FILENAME = 1, 1078 /** 1079 * Indicates a duplicate path (e.g. when 1080 * adding a bookmark). 1081 */ 1082 ALREADY_EXISTS = 2, 1083 /** 1084 * Indicates an incomplete hostname (e.g. "http://foo" without a slash after that). 1085 */ 1086 INCOMPLETE_HOSTNAME = 3, 1087 } 1088 alias GtkFileChooserError FileChooserError; 1089 1090 /** 1091 * These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkFileFilterInfo struct 1092 * are filled or need to be filled. 1093 */ 1094 public enum GtkFileFilterFlags 1095 { 1096 /** 1097 * the filename of the file being tested 1098 */ 1099 FILENAME = 1, 1100 /** 1101 * the URI for the file being tested 1102 */ 1103 URI = 2, 1104 /** 1105 * the string that will be used to 1106 * display the file in the file chooser 1107 */ 1108 DISPLAY_NAME = 4, 1109 /** 1110 * the mime type of the file 1111 */ 1112 MIME_TYPE = 8, 1113 } 1114 alias GtkFileFilterFlags FileFilterFlags; 1115 1116 /** 1117 * Style for input method preedit. See also 1118 * #GtkSettings:gtk-im-preedit-style 1119 */ 1120 public enum GtkIMPreeditStyle 1121 { 1122 /** 1123 * Deprecated 1124 */ 1125 NOTHING = 0, 1126 /** 1127 * Deprecated 1128 */ 1129 CALLBACK = 1, 1130 /** 1131 * Deprecated 1132 */ 1133 NONE = 2, 1134 } 1135 alias GtkIMPreeditStyle IMPreeditStyle; 1136 1137 /** 1138 * Style for input method status. See also 1139 * #GtkSettings:gtk-im-status-style 1140 */ 1141 public enum GtkIMStatusStyle 1142 { 1143 /** 1144 * Deprecated 1145 */ 1146 NOTHING = 0, 1147 /** 1148 * Deprecated 1149 */ 1150 CALLBACK = 1, 1151 /** 1152 * Deprecated 1153 */ 1154 NONE = 2, 1155 } 1156 alias GtkIMStatusStyle IMStatusStyle; 1157 1158 /** 1159 * Used to specify options for gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() 1160 */ 1161 public enum GtkIconLookupFlags 1162 { 1163 /** 1164 * Never get SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf 1165 * supports them. Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SVG. 1166 */ 1167 NO_SVG = 1, 1168 /** 1169 * Get SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf 1170 * doesn’t support them. 1171 * Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_NO_SVG. 1172 */ 1173 FORCE_SVG = 2, 1174 /** 1175 * When passed to 1176 * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() includes builtin icons 1177 * as well as files. For a builtin icon, gtk_icon_info_get_filename() 1178 * is %NULL and you need to call gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf(). 1179 */ 1180 USE_BUILTIN = 4, 1181 /** 1182 * Try to shorten icon name at '-' 1183 * characters before looking at inherited themes. For more general 1184 * fallback, see gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon(). Since 2.12. 1185 */ 1186 GENERIC_FALLBACK = 8, 1187 /** 1188 * Always get the icon scaled to the 1189 * requested size. Since 2.14. 1190 */ 1191 FORCE_SIZE = 16, 1192 /** 1193 * Try to always load regular icons, even 1194 * when symbolic icon names are given. Since 3.14. 1195 */ 1196 FORCE_REGULAR = 32, 1197 /** 1198 * Try to always load symbolic icons, even 1199 * when regular icon names are given. Since 3.14. 1200 */ 1201 FORCE_SYMBOLIC = 64, 1202 /** 1203 * Try to load a variant of the icon for left-to-right 1204 * text direction. Since 3.14. 1205 */ 1206 DIR_LTR = 128, 1207 /** 1208 * Try to load a variant of the icon for right-to-left 1209 * text direction. Since 3.14. 1210 */ 1211 DIR_RTL = 256, 1212 } 1213 alias GtkIconLookupFlags IconLookupFlags; 1214 1215 /** 1216 * Built-in stock icon sizes. 1217 */ 1218 public enum GtkIconSize 1219 { 1220 /** 1221 * Invalid size. 1222 */ 1223 INVALID = 0, 1224 /** 1225 * Size appropriate for menus (16px). 1226 */ 1227 MENU = 1, 1228 /** 1229 * Size appropriate for small toolbars (16px). 1230 */ 1231 SMALL_TOOLBAR = 2, 1232 /** 1233 * Size appropriate for large toolbars (24px) 1234 */ 1235 LARGE_TOOLBAR = 3, 1236 /** 1237 * Size appropriate for buttons (16px) 1238 */ 1239 BUTTON = 4, 1240 /** 1241 * Size appropriate for drag and drop (32px) 1242 */ 1243 DND = 5, 1244 /** 1245 * Size appropriate for dialogs (48px) 1246 */ 1247 DIALOG = 6, 1248 } 1249 alias GtkIconSize IconSize; 1250 1251 /** 1252 * Error codes for GtkIconTheme operations. 1253 */ 1254 public enum GtkIconThemeError 1255 { 1256 /** 1257 * The icon specified does not exist in the theme 1258 */ 1259 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1260 /** 1261 * An unspecified error occurred. 1262 */ 1263 FAILED = 1, 1264 } 1265 alias GtkIconThemeError IconThemeError; 1266 1267 /** 1268 * An enum for determining where a dropped item goes. 1269 */ 1270 public enum GtkIconViewDropPosition 1271 { 1272 /** 1273 * no drop possible 1274 */ 1275 NO_DROP = 0, 1276 /** 1277 * dropped item replaces the item 1278 */ 1279 DROP_INTO = 1, 1280 /** 1281 * droppped item is inserted to the left 1282 */ 1283 DROP_LEFT = 2, 1284 /** 1285 * dropped item is inserted to the right 1286 */ 1287 DROP_RIGHT = 3, 1288 /** 1289 * dropped item is inserted above 1290 */ 1291 DROP_ABOVE = 4, 1292 /** 1293 * dropped item is inserted below 1294 */ 1295 DROP_BELOW = 5, 1296 } 1297 alias GtkIconViewDropPosition IconViewDropPosition; 1298 1299 /** 1300 * Describes the image data representation used by a #GtkImage. If you 1301 * want to get the image from the widget, you can only get the 1302 * currently-stored representation. e.g. if the 1303 * gtk_image_get_storage_type() returns #GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF, then you can 1304 * call gtk_image_get_pixbuf() but not gtk_image_get_stock(). For empty 1305 * images, you can request any storage type (call any of the "get" 1306 * functions), but they will all return %NULL values. 1307 */ 1308 public enum GtkImageType 1309 { 1310 /** 1311 * there is no image displayed by the widget 1312 */ 1313 EMPTY = 0, 1314 /** 1315 * the widget contains a #GdkPixbuf 1316 */ 1317 PIXBUF = 1, 1318 /** 1319 * the widget contains a [stock item name][gtkstock] 1320 */ 1321 STOCK = 2, 1322 /** 1323 * the widget contains a #GtkIconSet 1324 */ 1325 ICON_SET = 3, 1326 /** 1327 * the widget contains a #GdkPixbufAnimation 1328 */ 1329 ANIMATION = 4, 1330 /** 1331 * the widget contains a named icon. 1332 * This image type was added in GTK+ 2.6 1333 */ 1334 ICON_NAME = 5, 1335 /** 1336 * the widget contains a #GIcon. 1337 * This image type was added in GTK+ 2.14 1338 */ 1339 GICON = 6, 1340 /** 1341 * the widget contains a #cairo_surface_t. 1342 * This image type was added in GTK+ 3.10 1343 */ 1344 SURFACE = 7, 1345 } 1346 alias GtkImageType ImageType; 1347 1348 /** 1349 * Describes hints that might be taken into account by input methods 1350 * or applications. Note that input methods may already tailor their 1351 * behaviour according to the #GtkInputPurpose of the entry. 1352 * 1353 * Some common sense is expected when using these flags - mixing 1354 * @GTK_INPUT_HINT_LOWERCASE with any of the uppercase hints makes no sense. 1355 * 1356 * This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should 1357 * ignore unknown values. 1358 * 1359 * Since: 3.6 1360 */ 1361 public enum GtkInputHints 1362 { 1363 /** 1364 * No special behaviour suggested 1365 */ 1366 NONE = 0, 1367 /** 1368 * Suggest checking for typos 1369 */ 1370 SPELLCHECK = 1, 1371 /** 1372 * Suggest not checking for typos 1373 */ 1374 NO_SPELLCHECK = 2, 1375 /** 1376 * Suggest word completion 1377 */ 1378 WORD_COMPLETION = 4, 1379 /** 1380 * Suggest to convert all text to lowercase 1381 */ 1382 LOWERCASE = 8, 1383 /** 1384 * Suggest to capitalize all text 1385 */ 1386 UPPERCASE_CHARS = 16, 1387 /** 1388 * Suggest to capitalize the first 1389 * character of each word 1390 */ 1391 UPPERCASE_WORDS = 32, 1392 /** 1393 * Suggest to capitalize the 1394 * first word of each sentence 1395 */ 1396 UPPERCASE_SENTENCES = 64, 1397 /** 1398 * Suggest to not show an onscreen keyboard 1399 * (e.g for a calculator that already has all the keys). 1400 */ 1401 INHIBIT_OSK = 128, 1402 /** 1403 * The text is vertical. Since 3.18 1404 */ 1405 VERTICAL_WRITING = 256, 1406 } 1407 alias GtkInputHints InputHints; 1408 1409 /** 1410 * Describes primary purpose of the input widget. This information is 1411 * useful for on-screen keyboards and similar input methods to decide 1412 * which keys should be presented to the user. 1413 * 1414 * Note that the purpose is not meant to impose a totally strict rule 1415 * about allowed characters, and does not replace input validation. 1416 * It is fine for an on-screen keyboard to let the user override the 1417 * character set restriction that is expressed by the purpose. The 1418 * application is expected to validate the entry contents, even if 1419 * it specified a purpose. 1420 * 1421 * The difference between @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS and 1422 * @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NUMBER is that the former accepts only digits 1423 * while the latter also some punctuation (like commas or points, plus, 1424 * minus) and “e” or “E” as in 3.14E+000. 1425 * 1426 * This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should 1427 * interpret unknown values as “free form”. 1428 * 1429 * Since: 3.6 1430 */ 1431 public enum GtkInputPurpose 1432 { 1433 /** 1434 * Allow any character 1435 */ 1436 FREE_FORM = 0, 1437 /** 1438 * Allow only alphabetic characters 1439 */ 1440 ALPHA = 1, 1441 /** 1442 * Allow only digits 1443 */ 1444 DIGITS = 2, 1445 /** 1446 * Edited field expects numbers 1447 */ 1448 NUMBER = 3, 1449 /** 1450 * Edited field expects phone number 1451 */ 1452 PHONE = 4, 1453 /** 1454 * Edited field expects URL 1455 */ 1456 URL = 5, 1457 /** 1458 * Edited field expects email address 1459 */ 1460 EMAIL = 6, 1461 /** 1462 * Edited field expects the name of a person 1463 */ 1464 NAME = 7, 1465 /** 1466 * Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM, but characters are hidden 1467 */ 1468 PASSWORD = 8, 1469 /** 1470 * Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS, but characters are hidden 1471 */ 1472 PIN = 9, 1473 } 1474 alias GtkInputPurpose InputPurpose; 1475 1476 /** 1477 * Describes how a rendered element connects to adjacent elements. 1478 */ 1479 public enum GtkJunctionSides 1480 { 1481 /** 1482 * No junctions. 1483 */ 1484 NONE = 0, 1485 /** 1486 * Element connects on the top-left corner. 1487 */ 1488 CORNER_TOPLEFT = 1, 1489 /** 1490 * Element connects on the top-right corner. 1491 */ 1492 CORNER_TOPRIGHT = 2, 1493 /** 1494 * Element connects on the bottom-left corner. 1495 */ 1496 CORNER_BOTTOMLEFT = 4, 1497 /** 1498 * Element connects on the bottom-right corner. 1499 */ 1500 CORNER_BOTTOMRIGHT = 8, 1501 /** 1502 * Element connects on the top side. 1503 */ 1504 TOP = 3, 1505 /** 1506 * Element connects on the bottom side. 1507 */ 1508 BOTTOM = 12, 1509 /** 1510 * Element connects on the left side. 1511 */ 1512 LEFT = 5, 1513 /** 1514 * Element connects on the right side. 1515 */ 1516 RIGHT = 10, 1517 } 1518 alias GtkJunctionSides JunctionSides; 1519 1520 /** 1521 * Used for justifying the text inside a #GtkLabel widget. (See also 1522 * #GtkAlignment). 1523 */ 1524 public enum GtkJustification 1525 { 1526 /** 1527 * The text is placed at the left edge of the label. 1528 */ 1529 LEFT = 0, 1530 /** 1531 * The text is placed at the right edge of the label. 1532 */ 1533 RIGHT = 1, 1534 /** 1535 * The text is placed in the center of the label. 1536 */ 1537 CENTER = 2, 1538 /** 1539 * The text is placed is distributed across the label. 1540 */ 1541 FILL = 3, 1542 } 1543 alias GtkJustification Justification; 1544 1545 /** 1546 * Describes how #GtkLevelBar contents should be rendered. 1547 * Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes 1548 * in the future. 1549 * 1550 * Since: 3.6 1551 */ 1552 public enum GtkLevelBarMode 1553 { 1554 /** 1555 * the bar has a continuous mode 1556 */ 1557 CONTINUOUS = 0, 1558 /** 1559 * the bar has a discrete mode 1560 */ 1561 DISCRETE = 1, 1562 } 1563 alias GtkLevelBarMode LevelBarMode; 1564 1565 /** 1566 * The type of license for an application. 1567 * 1568 * This enumeration can be expanded at later date. 1569 * 1570 * Since: 3.0 1571 */ 1572 public enum GtkLicense 1573 { 1574 /** 1575 * No license specified 1576 */ 1577 UNKNOWN = 0, 1578 /** 1579 * A license text is going to be specified by the 1580 * developer 1581 */ 1582 CUSTOM = 1, 1583 /** 1584 * The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 or later 1585 */ 1586 GPL_2_0 = 2, 1587 /** 1588 * The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 or later 1589 */ 1590 GPL_3_0 = 3, 1591 /** 1592 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 or later 1593 */ 1594 LGPL_2_1 = 4, 1595 /** 1596 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 or later 1597 */ 1598 LGPL_3_0 = 5, 1599 /** 1600 * The BSD standard license 1601 */ 1602 BSD = 6, 1603 /** 1604 * The MIT/X11 standard license 1605 */ 1606 MIT_X11 = 7, 1607 /** 1608 * The Artistic License, version 2.0 1609 */ 1610 ARTISTIC = 8, 1611 /** 1612 * The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only. Since 3.12. 1613 */ 1614 GPL_2_0_ONLY = 9, 1615 /** 1616 * The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12. 1617 */ 1618 GPL_3_0_ONLY = 10, 1619 /** 1620 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only. Since 3.12. 1621 */ 1622 LGPL_2_1_ONLY = 11, 1623 /** 1624 * The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12. 1625 */ 1626 LGPL_3_0_ONLY = 12, 1627 } 1628 alias GtkLicense License; 1629 1630 /** 1631 * An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu. 1632 */ 1633 public enum GtkMenuDirectionType 1634 { 1635 /** 1636 * To the parent menu shell 1637 */ 1638 PARENT = 0, 1639 /** 1640 * To the submenu, if any, associated with the item 1641 */ 1642 CHILD = 1, 1643 /** 1644 * To the next menu item 1645 */ 1646 NEXT = 2, 1647 /** 1648 * To the previous menu item 1649 */ 1650 PREV = 3, 1651 } 1652 alias GtkMenuDirectionType MenuDirectionType; 1653 1654 /** 1655 * The type of message being displayed in the dialog. 1656 */ 1657 public enum GtkMessageType : uint 1658 { 1659 /** 1660 * Informational message 1661 */ 1662 INFO = 0, 1663 /** 1664 * Non-fatal warning message 1665 */ 1666 WARNING = 1, 1667 /** 1668 * Question requiring a choice 1669 */ 1670 QUESTION = 2, 1671 /** 1672 * Fatal error message 1673 */ 1674 ERROR = 3, 1675 /** 1676 * None of the above 1677 */ 1678 OTHER = 4, 1679 } 1680 alias GtkMessageType MessageType; 1681 1682 public enum GtkMovementStep 1683 { 1684 /** 1685 * Move forward or back by graphemes 1686 */ 1687 LOGICAL_POSITIONS = 0, 1688 /** 1689 * Move left or right by graphemes 1690 */ 1691 VISUAL_POSITIONS = 1, 1692 /** 1693 * Move forward or back by words 1694 */ 1695 WORDS = 2, 1696 /** 1697 * Move up or down lines (wrapped lines) 1698 */ 1699 DISPLAY_LINES = 3, 1700 /** 1701 * Move to either end of a line 1702 */ 1703 DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS = 4, 1704 /** 1705 * Move up or down paragraphs (newline-ended lines) 1706 */ 1707 PARAGRAPHS = 5, 1708 /** 1709 * Move to either end of a paragraph 1710 */ 1711 PARAGRAPH_ENDS = 6, 1712 /** 1713 * Move by pages 1714 */ 1715 PAGES = 7, 1716 /** 1717 * Move to ends of the buffer 1718 */ 1719 BUFFER_ENDS = 8, 1720 /** 1721 * Move horizontally by pages 1722 */ 1723 HORIZONTAL_PAGES = 9, 1724 } 1725 alias GtkMovementStep MovementStep; 1726 1727 public enum GtkNotebookTab 1728 { 1729 FIRST = 0, 1730 LAST = 1, 1731 } 1732 alias GtkNotebookTab NotebookTab; 1733 1734 /** 1735 * Used to determine the layout of pages on a sheet when printing 1736 * multiple pages per sheet. 1737 */ 1738 public enum GtkNumberUpLayout 1739 { 1740 /** 1741 * ![](layout-lrtb.png) 1742 */ 1743 LRTB = 0, 1744 /** 1745 * ![](layout-lrbt.png) 1746 */ 1747 LRBT = 1, 1748 /** 1749 * ![](layout-rltb.png) 1750 */ 1751 RLTB = 2, 1752 /** 1753 * ![](layout-rlbt.png) 1754 */ 1755 RLBT = 3, 1756 /** 1757 * ![](layout-tblr.png) 1758 */ 1759 TBLR = 4, 1760 /** 1761 * ![](layout-tbrl.png) 1762 */ 1763 TBRL = 5, 1764 /** 1765 * ![](layout-btlr.png) 1766 */ 1767 BTLR = 6, 1768 /** 1769 * ![](layout-btrl.png) 1770 */ 1771 BTRL = 7, 1772 } 1773 alias GtkNumberUpLayout NumberUpLayout; 1774 1775 /** 1776 * Represents the orientation of widgets and other objects which can be switched 1777 * between horizontal and vertical orientation on the fly, like #GtkToolbar or 1778 * #GtkGesturePan. 1779 */ 1780 public enum GtkOrientation 1781 { 1782 /** 1783 * The element is in horizontal orientation. 1784 */ 1785 HORIZONTAL = 0, 1786 /** 1787 * The element is in vertical orientation. 1788 */ 1789 VERTICAL = 1, 1790 } 1791 alias GtkOrientation Orientation; 1792 1793 /** 1794 * Determines how widgets should be packed inside menubars 1795 * and menuitems contained in menubars. 1796 */ 1797 public enum GtkPackDirection 1798 { 1799 /** 1800 * Widgets are packed left-to-right 1801 */ 1802 LTR = 0, 1803 /** 1804 * Widgets are packed right-to-left 1805 */ 1806 RTL = 1, 1807 /** 1808 * Widgets are packed top-to-bottom 1809 */ 1810 TTB = 2, 1811 /** 1812 * Widgets are packed bottom-to-top 1813 */ 1814 BTT = 3, 1815 } 1816 alias GtkPackDirection PackDirection; 1817 1818 /** 1819 * Represents the packing location #GtkBox children. (See: #GtkVBox, 1820 * #GtkHBox, and #GtkButtonBox). 1821 */ 1822 public enum GtkPackType 1823 { 1824 /** 1825 * The child is packed into the start of the box 1826 */ 1827 START = 0, 1828 /** 1829 * The child is packed into the end of the box 1830 */ 1831 END = 1, 1832 } 1833 alias GtkPackType PackType; 1834 1835 /** 1836 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_orientation(). 1837 */ 1838 public enum GtkPageOrientation 1839 { 1840 /** 1841 * Portrait mode. 1842 */ 1843 PORTRAIT = 0, 1844 /** 1845 * Landscape mode. 1846 */ 1847 LANDSCAPE = 1, 1848 /** 1849 * Reverse portrait mode. 1850 */ 1851 REVERSE_PORTRAIT = 2, 1852 /** 1853 * Reverse landscape mode. 1854 */ 1855 REVERSE_LANDSCAPE = 3, 1856 } 1857 alias GtkPageOrientation PageOrientation; 1858 1859 /** 1860 * See also gtk_print_job_set_page_set(). 1861 */ 1862 public enum GtkPageSet 1863 { 1864 /** 1865 * All pages. 1866 */ 1867 ALL = 0, 1868 /** 1869 * Even pages. 1870 */ 1871 EVEN = 1, 1872 /** 1873 * Odd pages. 1874 */ 1875 ODD = 2, 1876 } 1877 alias GtkPageSet PageSet; 1878 1879 /** 1880 * Describes the panning direction of a #GtkGesturePan 1881 * 1882 * Since: 3.14 1883 */ 1884 public enum GtkPanDirection 1885 { 1886 /** 1887 * panned towards the left 1888 */ 1889 LEFT = 0, 1890 /** 1891 * panned towards the right 1892 */ 1893 RIGHT = 1, 1894 /** 1895 * panned upwards 1896 */ 1897 UP = 2, 1898 /** 1899 * panned downwards 1900 */ 1901 DOWN = 3, 1902 } 1903 alias GtkPanDirection PanDirection; 1904 1905 /** 1906 * Priorities for path lookups. 1907 * See also gtk_binding_set_add_path(). 1908 */ 1909 public enum GtkPathPriorityType 1910 { 1911 /** 1912 * Deprecated 1913 */ 1914 LOWEST = 0, 1915 /** 1916 * Deprecated 1917 */ 1918 GTK = 4, 1919 /** 1920 * Deprecated 1921 */ 1922 APPLICATION = 8, 1923 /** 1924 * Deprecated 1925 */ 1926 THEME = 10, 1927 /** 1928 * Deprecated 1929 */ 1930 RC = 12, 1931 /** 1932 * Deprecated 1933 */ 1934 HIGHEST = 15, 1935 } 1936 alias GtkPathPriorityType PathPriorityType; 1937 1938 /** 1939 * Widget path types. 1940 * See also gtk_binding_set_add_path(). 1941 */ 1942 public enum GtkPathType 1943 { 1944 /** 1945 * Deprecated 1946 */ 1947 WIDGET = 0, 1948 /** 1949 * Deprecated 1950 */ 1951 WIDGET_CLASS = 1, 1952 /** 1953 * Deprecated 1954 */ 1955 CLASS = 2, 1956 } 1957 alias GtkPathType PathType; 1958 1959 /** 1960 * These flags serve two purposes. First, the application can call gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags() 1961 * using these flags as a bitmask. This tells the sidebar that the application is able to open 1962 * folders selected from the sidebar in various ways, for example, in new tabs or in new windows in 1963 * addition to the normal mode. 1964 * 1965 * Second, when one of these values gets passed back to the application in the 1966 * #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal, it means that the application should 1967 * open the selected location in the normal way, in a new tab, or in a new 1968 * window. The sidebar takes care of determining the desired way to open the location, 1969 * based on the modifier keys that the user is pressing at the time the selection is made. 1970 * 1971 * If the application never calls gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags(), then the sidebar will only 1972 * use #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL in the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal. This is the 1973 * default mode of operation. 1974 */ 1975 public enum GtkPlacesOpenFlags 1976 { 1977 /** 1978 * This is the default mode that #GtkPlacesSidebar uses if no other flags 1979 * are specified. It indicates that the calling application should open the selected location 1980 * in the normal way, for example, in the folder view beside the sidebar. 1981 */ 1982 NORMAL = 1, 1983 /** 1984 * When passed to gtk_places_sidebar_set_open_flags(), this indicates 1985 * that the application can open folders selected from the sidebar in new tabs. This value 1986 * will be passed to the #GtkPlacesSidebar::open-location signal when the user selects 1987 * that a location be opened in a new tab instead of in the standard fashion. 1988 */ 1989 NEW_TAB = 2, 1990 /** 1991 * Similar to @GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NEW_TAB, but indicates that the application 1992 * can open folders in new windows. 1993 */ 1994 NEW_WINDOW = 4, 1995 } 1996 alias GtkPlacesOpenFlags PlacesOpenFlags; 1997 1998 /** 1999 * Determines how the size should be computed to achieve the one of the 2000 * visibility mode for the scrollbars. 2001 */ 2002 public enum GtkPolicyType 2003 { 2004 /** 2005 * The scrollbar is always visible. The view size is 2006 * independent of the content. 2007 */ 2008 ALWAYS = 0, 2009 /** 2010 * The scrollbar will appear and disappear as necessary. 2011 * For example, when all of a #GtkTreeView can not be seen. 2012 */ 2013 AUTOMATIC = 1, 2014 /** 2015 * The scrollbar should never appear. In this mode the 2016 * content determines the size. 2017 */ 2018 NEVER = 2, 2019 /** 2020 * Don't show a scrollbar, but don't force the 2021 * size to follow the content. This can be used e.g. to make multiple 2022 * scrolled windows share a scrollbar. Since: 3.16 2023 */ 2024 EXTERNAL = 3, 2025 } 2026 alias GtkPolicyType PolicyType; 2027 2028 /** 2029 * Describes which edge of a widget a certain feature is positioned at, e.g. the 2030 * tabs of a #GtkNotebook, the handle of a #GtkHandleBox or the label of a 2031 * #GtkScale. 2032 */ 2033 public enum GtkPositionType 2034 { 2035 /** 2036 * The feature is at the left edge. 2037 */ 2038 LEFT = 0, 2039 /** 2040 * The feature is at the right edge. 2041 */ 2042 RIGHT = 1, 2043 /** 2044 * The feature is at the top edge. 2045 */ 2046 TOP = 2, 2047 /** 2048 * The feature is at the bottom edge. 2049 */ 2050 BOTTOM = 3, 2051 } 2052 alias GtkPositionType PositionType; 2053 2054 /** 2055 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_duplex(). 2056 */ 2057 public enum GtkPrintDuplex 2058 { 2059 /** 2060 * No duplex. 2061 */ 2062 SIMPLEX = 0, 2063 /** 2064 * Horizontal duplex. 2065 */ 2066 HORIZONTAL = 1, 2067 /** 2068 * Vertical duplex. 2069 */ 2070 VERTICAL = 2, 2071 } 2072 alias GtkPrintDuplex PrintDuplex; 2073 2074 /** 2075 * Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while 2076 * using the GTK+ printing support. 2077 */ 2078 public enum GtkPrintError 2079 { 2080 /** 2081 * An unspecified error occurred. 2082 */ 2083 GENERAL = 0, 2084 /** 2085 * An internal error occurred. 2086 */ 2087 INTERNAL_ERROR = 1, 2088 /** 2089 * A memory allocation failed. 2090 */ 2091 NOMEM = 2, 2092 /** 2093 * An error occurred while loading a page setup 2094 * or paper size from a key file. 2095 */ 2096 INVALID_FILE = 3, 2097 } 2098 alias GtkPrintError PrintError; 2099 2100 /** 2101 * The @action parameter to gtk_print_operation_run() 2102 * determines what action the print operation should perform. 2103 */ 2104 public enum GtkPrintOperationAction 2105 { 2106 /** 2107 * Show the print dialog. 2108 */ 2109 PRINT_DIALOG = 0, 2110 /** 2111 * Start to print without showing 2112 * the print dialog, based on the current print settings. 2113 */ 2114 PRINT = 1, 2115 /** 2116 * Show the print preview. 2117 */ 2118 PREVIEW = 2, 2119 /** 2120 * Export to a file. This requires 2121 * the export-filename property to be set. 2122 */ 2123 EXPORT = 3, 2124 } 2125 alias GtkPrintOperationAction PrintOperationAction; 2126 2127 /** 2128 * A value of this type is returned by gtk_print_operation_run(). 2129 */ 2130 public enum GtkPrintOperationResult 2131 { 2132 /** 2133 * An error has occured. 2134 */ 2135 ERROR = 0, 2136 /** 2137 * The print settings should be stored. 2138 */ 2139 APPLY = 1, 2140 /** 2141 * The print operation has been canceled, 2142 * the print settings should not be stored. 2143 */ 2144 CANCEL = 2, 2145 /** 2146 * The print operation is not complete 2147 * yet. This value will only be returned when running asynchronously. 2148 */ 2149 IN_PROGRESS = 3, 2150 } 2151 alias GtkPrintOperationResult PrintOperationResult; 2152 2153 /** 2154 * See also gtk_print_job_set_pages() 2155 */ 2156 public enum GtkPrintPages 2157 { 2158 /** 2159 * All pages. 2160 */ 2161 ALL = 0, 2162 /** 2163 * Current page. 2164 */ 2165 CURRENT = 1, 2166 /** 2167 * Range of pages. 2168 */ 2169 RANGES = 2, 2170 /** 2171 * Selected pages. 2172 */ 2173 SELECTION = 3, 2174 } 2175 alias GtkPrintPages PrintPages; 2176 2177 /** 2178 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_quality(). 2179 */ 2180 public enum GtkPrintQuality 2181 { 2182 /** 2183 * Low quality. 2184 */ 2185 LOW = 0, 2186 /** 2187 * Normal quality. 2188 */ 2189 NORMAL = 1, 2190 /** 2191 * High quality. 2192 */ 2193 HIGH = 2, 2194 /** 2195 * Draft quality. 2196 */ 2197 DRAFT = 3, 2198 } 2199 alias GtkPrintQuality PrintQuality; 2200 2201 /** 2202 * The status gives a rough indication of the completion of a running 2203 * print operation. 2204 */ 2205 public enum GtkPrintStatus 2206 { 2207 /** 2208 * The printing has not started yet; this 2209 * status is set initially, and while the print dialog is shown. 2210 */ 2211 INITIAL = 0, 2212 /** 2213 * This status is set while the begin-print 2214 * signal is emitted and during pagination. 2215 */ 2216 PREPARING = 1, 2217 /** 2218 * This status is set while the 2219 * pages are being rendered. 2220 */ 2221 GENERATING_DATA = 2, 2222 /** 2223 * The print job is being sent off to the 2224 * printer. 2225 */ 2226 SENDING_DATA = 3, 2227 /** 2228 * The print job has been sent to the printer, 2229 * but is not printed for some reason, e.g. the printer may be stopped. 2230 */ 2231 PENDING = 4, 2232 /** 2233 * Some problem has occurred during 2234 * printing, e.g. a paper jam. 2235 */ 2236 PENDING_ISSUE = 5, 2237 /** 2238 * The printer is processing the print job. 2239 */ 2240 PRINTING = 6, 2241 /** 2242 * The printing has been completed successfully. 2243 */ 2244 FINISHED = 7, 2245 /** 2246 * The printing has been aborted. 2247 */ 2248 FINISHED_ABORTED = 8, 2249 } 2250 alias GtkPrintStatus PrintStatus; 2251 2252 /** 2253 * Describes the stage at which events are fed into a #GtkEventController. 2254 * 2255 * Since: 3.14 2256 */ 2257 public enum GtkPropagationPhase 2258 { 2259 /** 2260 * Events are not delivered automatically. Those can be 2261 * manually fed through gtk_event_controller_handle_event(). This should 2262 * only be used when full control about when, or whether the controller 2263 * handles the event is needed. 2264 */ 2265 NONE = 0, 2266 /** 2267 * Events are delivered in the capture phase. The 2268 * capture phase happens before the bubble phase, runs from the toplevel down 2269 * to the event widget. This option should only be used on containers that 2270 * might possibly handle events before their children do. 2271 */ 2272 CAPTURE = 1, 2273 /** 2274 * Events are delivered in the bubble phase. The bubble 2275 * phase happens after the capture phase, and before the default handlers 2276 * are run. This phase runs from the event widget, up to the toplevel. 2277 */ 2278 BUBBLE = 2, 2279 /** 2280 * Events are delivered in the default widget event handlers, 2281 * note that widget implementations must chain up on button, motion, touch and 2282 * grab broken handlers for controllers in this phase to be run. 2283 */ 2284 TARGET = 3, 2285 } 2286 alias GtkPropagationPhase PropagationPhase; 2287 2288 /** 2289 * Deprecated 2290 */ 2291 public enum GtkRcFlags 2292 { 2293 /** 2294 * Deprecated 2295 */ 2296 FG = 1, 2297 /** 2298 * Deprecated 2299 */ 2300 BG = 2, 2301 /** 2302 * Deprecated 2303 */ 2304 TEXT = 4, 2305 /** 2306 * Deprecated 2307 */ 2308 BASE = 8, 2309 } 2310 alias GtkRcFlags RcFlags; 2311 2312 /** 2313 * The #GtkRcTokenType enumeration represents the tokens 2314 * in the RC file. It is exposed so that theme engines 2315 * can reuse these tokens when parsing the theme-engine 2316 * specific portions of a RC file. 2317 * 2318 * Deprecated: Use #GtkCssProvider instead. 2319 */ 2320 public enum GtkRcTokenType 2321 { 2322 /** 2323 * Deprecated 2324 */ 2325 INVALID = 270, 2326 /** 2327 * Deprecated 2328 */ 2329 INCLUDE = 271, 2330 /** 2331 * Deprecated 2332 */ 2333 NORMAL = 272, 2334 /** 2335 * Deprecated 2336 */ 2337 ACTIVE = 273, 2338 /** 2339 * Deprecated 2340 */ 2341 PRELIGHT = 274, 2342 /** 2343 * Deprecated 2344 */ 2345 SELECTED = 275, 2346 /** 2347 * Deprecated 2348 */ 2349 INSENSITIVE = 276, 2350 /** 2351 * Deprecated 2352 */ 2353 FG = 277, 2354 /** 2355 * Deprecated 2356 */ 2357 BG = 278, 2358 /** 2359 * Deprecated 2360 */ 2361 TEXT = 279, 2362 /** 2363 * Deprecated 2364 */ 2365 BASE = 280, 2366 /** 2367 * Deprecated 2368 */ 2369 XTHICKNESS = 281, 2370 /** 2371 * Deprecated 2372 */ 2373 YTHICKNESS = 282, 2374 /** 2375 * Deprecated 2376 */ 2377 FONT = 283, 2378 /** 2379 * Deprecated 2380 */ 2381 FONTSET = 284, 2382 /** 2383 * Deprecated 2384 */ 2385 FONT_NAME = 285, 2386 /** 2387 * Deprecated 2388 */ 2389 BG_PIXMAP = 286, 2390 /** 2391 * Deprecated 2392 */ 2393 PIXMAP_PATH = 287, 2394 /** 2395 * Deprecated 2396 */ 2397 STYLE = 288, 2398 /** 2399 * Deprecated 2400 */ 2401 BINDING = 289, 2402 /** 2403 * Deprecated 2404 */ 2405 BIND = 290, 2406 /** 2407 * Deprecated 2408 */ 2409 WIDGET = 291, 2410 /** 2411 * Deprecated 2412 */ 2413 WIDGET_CLASS = 292, 2414 /** 2415 * Deprecated 2416 */ 2417 CLASS = 293, 2418 /** 2419 * Deprecated 2420 */ 2421 LOWEST = 294, 2422 /** 2423 * Deprecated 2424 */ 2425 GTK = 295, 2426 /** 2427 * Deprecated 2428 */ 2429 APPLICATION = 296, 2430 /** 2431 * Deprecated 2432 */ 2433 THEME = 297, 2434 /** 2435 * Deprecated 2436 */ 2437 RC = 298, 2438 /** 2439 * Deprecated 2440 */ 2441 HIGHEST = 299, 2442 /** 2443 * Deprecated 2444 */ 2445 ENGINE = 300, 2446 /** 2447 * Deprecated 2448 */ 2449 MODULE_PATH = 301, 2450 /** 2451 * Deprecated 2452 */ 2453 IM_MODULE_PATH = 302, 2454 /** 2455 * Deprecated 2456 */ 2457 IM_MODULE_FILE = 303, 2458 /** 2459 * Deprecated 2460 */ 2461 STOCK = 304, 2462 /** 2463 * Deprecated 2464 */ 2465 LTR = 305, 2466 /** 2467 * Deprecated 2468 */ 2469 RTL = 306, 2470 /** 2471 * Deprecated 2472 */ 2473 COLOR = 307, 2474 /** 2475 * Deprecated 2476 */ 2477 UNBIND = 308, 2478 /** 2479 * Deprecated 2480 */ 2481 LAST = 309, 2482 } 2483 alias GtkRcTokenType RcTokenType; 2484 2485 /** 2486 * These identify the various errors that can occur while calling 2487 * #GtkRecentChooser functions. 2488 * 2489 * Since: 2.10 2490 */ 2491 public enum GtkRecentChooserError 2492 { 2493 /** 2494 * Indicates that a file does not exist 2495 */ 2496 NOT_FOUND = 0, 2497 /** 2498 * Indicates a malformed URI 2499 */ 2500 INVALID_URI = 1, 2501 } 2502 alias GtkRecentChooserError RecentChooserError; 2503 2504 /** 2505 * These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkRecentFilterInfo struct 2506 * are filled or need to be filled. 2507 */ 2508 public enum GtkRecentFilterFlags 2509 { 2510 /** 2511 * the URI of the file being tested 2512 */ 2513 URI = 1, 2514 /** 2515 * the string that will be used to 2516 * display the file in the recent chooser 2517 */ 2518 DISPLAY_NAME = 2, 2519 /** 2520 * the mime type of the file 2521 */ 2522 MIME_TYPE = 4, 2523 /** 2524 * the list of applications that have 2525 * registered the file 2526 */ 2527 APPLICATION = 8, 2528 /** 2529 * the groups to which the file belongs to 2530 */ 2531 GROUP = 16, 2532 /** 2533 * the number of days elapsed since the file 2534 * has been registered 2535 */ 2536 AGE = 32, 2537 } 2538 alias GtkRecentFilterFlags RecentFilterFlags; 2539 2540 /** 2541 * Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations 2542 * 2543 * Since: 2.10 2544 */ 2545 public enum GtkRecentManagerError 2546 { 2547 /** 2548 * the URI specified does not exists in 2549 * the recently used resources list. 2550 */ 2551 NOT_FOUND = 0, 2552 /** 2553 * the URI specified is not valid. 2554 */ 2555 INVALID_URI = 1, 2556 /** 2557 * the supplied string is not 2558 * UTF-8 encoded. 2559 */ 2560 INVALID_ENCODING = 2, 2561 /** 2562 * no application has registered 2563 * the specified item. 2564 */ 2565 NOT_REGISTERED = 3, 2566 /** 2567 * failure while reading the recently used 2568 * resources file. 2569 */ 2570 READ = 4, 2571 /** 2572 * failure while writing the recently used 2573 * resources file. 2574 */ 2575 WRITE = 5, 2576 /** 2577 * unspecified error. 2578 */ 2579 UNKNOWN = 6, 2580 } 2581 alias GtkRecentManagerError RecentManagerError; 2582 2583 /** 2584 * Used to specify the sorting method to be applyed to the recently 2585 * used resource list. 2586 * 2587 * Since: 2.10 2588 */ 2589 public enum GtkRecentSortType 2590 { 2591 /** 2592 * Do not sort the returned list of recently used 2593 * resources. 2594 */ 2595 NONE = 0, 2596 /** 2597 * Sort the returned list with the most recently used 2598 * items first. 2599 */ 2600 MRU = 1, 2601 /** 2602 * Sort the returned list with the least recently used 2603 * items first. 2604 */ 2605 LRU = 2, 2606 /** 2607 * Sort the returned list using a custom sorting 2608 * function passed using gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func(). 2609 */ 2610 CUSTOM = 3, 2611 } 2612 alias GtkRecentSortType RecentSortType; 2613 2614 /** 2615 * Describes a region within a widget. 2616 */ 2617 public enum GtkRegionFlags 2618 { 2619 /** 2620 * Region has an even number within a set. 2621 */ 2622 EVEN = 1, 2623 /** 2624 * Region has an odd number within a set. 2625 */ 2626 ODD = 2, 2627 /** 2628 * Region is the first one within a set. 2629 */ 2630 FIRST = 4, 2631 /** 2632 * Region is the last one within a set. 2633 */ 2634 LAST = 8, 2635 /** 2636 * Region is the only one within a set. 2637 */ 2638 ONLY = 16, 2639 /** 2640 * Region is part of a sorted area. 2641 */ 2642 SORTED = 32, 2643 } 2644 alias GtkRegionFlags RegionFlags; 2645 2646 /** 2647 * Indicated the relief to be drawn around a #GtkButton. 2648 */ 2649 public enum GtkReliefStyle 2650 { 2651 /** 2652 * Draw a normal relief. 2653 */ 2654 NORMAL = 0, 2655 /** 2656 * A half relief. Deprecated in 3.14, does the same as @GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL 2657 */ 2658 HALF = 1, 2659 /** 2660 * No relief. 2661 */ 2662 NONE = 2, 2663 } 2664 alias GtkReliefStyle ReliefStyle; 2665 2666 public enum GtkResizeMode 2667 { 2668 /** 2669 * Pass resize request to the parent 2670 */ 2671 PARENT = 0, 2672 /** 2673 * Queue resizes on this widget 2674 */ 2675 QUEUE = 1, 2676 /** 2677 * Resize immediately. Deprecated. 2678 */ 2679 IMMEDIATE = 2, 2680 } 2681 alias GtkResizeMode ResizeMode; 2682 2683 /** 2684 * Predefined values for use as response ids in gtk_dialog_add_button(). 2685 * All predefined values are negative, GTK+ leaves positive values for 2686 * application-defined response ids. 2687 */ 2688 public enum GtkResponseType 2689 { 2690 /** 2691 * Returned if an action widget has no response id, 2692 * or if the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed 2693 */ 2694 NONE = -1, 2695 /** 2696 * Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs 2697 */ 2698 REJECT = -2, 2699 /** 2700 * Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs 2701 */ 2702 ACCEPT = -3, 2703 /** 2704 * Returned if the dialog is deleted 2705 */ 2706 DELETE_EVENT = -4, 2707 /** 2708 * Returned by OK buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2709 */ 2710 OK = -5, 2711 /** 2712 * Returned by Cancel buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2713 */ 2714 CANCEL = -6, 2715 /** 2716 * Returned by Close buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2717 */ 2718 CLOSE = -7, 2719 /** 2720 * Returned by Yes buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2721 */ 2722 YES = -8, 2723 /** 2724 * Returned by No buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2725 */ 2726 NO = -9, 2727 /** 2728 * Returned by Apply buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2729 */ 2730 APPLY = -10, 2731 /** 2732 * Returned by Help buttons in GTK+ dialogs 2733 */ 2734 HELP = -11, 2735 } 2736 alias GtkResponseType ResponseType; 2737 2738 /** 2739 * These enumeration values describe the possible transitions 2740 * when the child of a #GtkRevealer widget is shown or hidden. 2741 */ 2742 public enum GtkRevealerTransitionType 2743 { 2744 /** 2745 * No transition 2746 */ 2747 NONE = 0, 2748 /** 2749 * Fade in 2750 */ 2751 CROSSFADE = 1, 2752 /** 2753 * Slide in from the left 2754 */ 2755 SLIDE_RIGHT = 2, 2756 /** 2757 * Slide in from the right 2758 */ 2759 SLIDE_LEFT = 3, 2760 /** 2761 * Slide in from the bottom 2762 */ 2763 SLIDE_UP = 4, 2764 /** 2765 * Slide in from the top 2766 */ 2767 SLIDE_DOWN = 5, 2768 } 2769 alias GtkRevealerTransitionType RevealerTransitionType; 2770 2771 public enum GtkScrollStep 2772 { 2773 /** 2774 * Scroll in steps. 2775 */ 2776 STEPS = 0, 2777 /** 2778 * Scroll by pages. 2779 */ 2780 PAGES = 1, 2781 /** 2782 * Scroll to ends. 2783 */ 2784 ENDS = 2, 2785 /** 2786 * Scroll in horizontal steps. 2787 */ 2788 HORIZONTAL_STEPS = 3, 2789 /** 2790 * Scroll by horizontal pages. 2791 */ 2792 HORIZONTAL_PAGES = 4, 2793 /** 2794 * Scroll to the horizontal ends. 2795 */ 2796 HORIZONTAL_ENDS = 5, 2797 } 2798 alias GtkScrollStep ScrollStep; 2799 2800 /** 2801 * Scrolling types. 2802 */ 2803 public enum GtkScrollType 2804 { 2805 /** 2806 * No scrolling. 2807 */ 2808 NONE = 0, 2809 /** 2810 * Jump to new location. 2811 */ 2812 JUMP = 1, 2813 /** 2814 * Step backward. 2815 */ 2816 STEP_BACKWARD = 2, 2817 /** 2818 * Step forward. 2819 */ 2820 STEP_FORWARD = 3, 2821 /** 2822 * Page backward. 2823 */ 2824 PAGE_BACKWARD = 4, 2825 /** 2826 * Page forward. 2827 */ 2828 PAGE_FORWARD = 5, 2829 /** 2830 * Step up. 2831 */ 2832 STEP_UP = 6, 2833 /** 2834 * Step down. 2835 */ 2836 STEP_DOWN = 7, 2837 /** 2838 * Page up. 2839 */ 2840 PAGE_UP = 8, 2841 /** 2842 * Page down. 2843 */ 2844 PAGE_DOWN = 9, 2845 /** 2846 * Step to the left. 2847 */ 2848 STEP_LEFT = 10, 2849 /** 2850 * Step to the right. 2851 */ 2852 STEP_RIGHT = 11, 2853 /** 2854 * Page to the left. 2855 */ 2856 PAGE_LEFT = 12, 2857 /** 2858 * Page to the right. 2859 */ 2860 PAGE_RIGHT = 13, 2861 /** 2862 * Scroll to start. 2863 */ 2864 START = 14, 2865 /** 2866 * Scroll to end. 2867 */ 2868 END = 15, 2869 } 2870 alias GtkScrollType ScrollType; 2871 2872 /** 2873 * Defines the policy to be used in a scrollable widget when updating 2874 * the scrolled window adjustments in a given orientation. 2875 */ 2876 public enum GtkScrollablePolicy 2877 { 2878 /** 2879 * Scrollable adjustments are based on the minimum size 2880 */ 2881 MINIMUM = 0, 2882 /** 2883 * Scrollable adjustments are based on the natural size 2884 */ 2885 NATURAL = 1, 2886 } 2887 alias GtkScrollablePolicy ScrollablePolicy; 2888 2889 /** 2890 * Used to control what selections users are allowed to make. 2891 */ 2892 public enum GtkSelectionMode 2893 { 2894 /** 2895 * No selection is possible. 2896 */ 2897 NONE = 0, 2898 /** 2899 * Zero or one element may be selected. 2900 */ 2901 SINGLE = 1, 2902 /** 2903 * Exactly one element is selected. 2904 * In some circumstances, such as initially or during a search 2905 * operation, it’s possible for no element to be selected with 2906 * %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. What is really enforced is that the user 2907 * can’t deselect a currently selected element except by selecting 2908 * another element. 2909 */ 2910 BROWSE = 2, 2911 /** 2912 * Any number of elements may be selected. 2913 * The Ctrl key may be used to enlarge the selection, and Shift 2914 * key to select between the focus and the child pointed to. 2915 * Some widgets may also allow Click-drag to select a range of elements. 2916 */ 2917 MULTIPLE = 3, 2918 } 2919 alias GtkSelectionMode SelectionMode; 2920 2921 /** 2922 * Determines how GTK+ handles the sensitivity of stepper arrows 2923 * at the end of range widgets. 2924 */ 2925 public enum GtkSensitivityType 2926 { 2927 /** 2928 * The arrow is made insensitive if the 2929 * thumb is at the end 2930 */ 2931 AUTO = 0, 2932 /** 2933 * The arrow is always sensitive 2934 */ 2935 ON = 1, 2936 /** 2937 * The arrow is always insensitive 2938 */ 2939 OFF = 2, 2940 } 2941 alias GtkSensitivityType SensitivityType; 2942 2943 /** 2944 * Used to change the appearance of an outline typically provided by a #GtkFrame. 2945 * 2946 * Note that many themes do not differentiate the appearance of the 2947 * various shadow types: Either their is no visible shadow (@GTK_SHADOW_NONE), 2948 * or there is (any other value). 2949 */ 2950 public enum GtkShadowType 2951 { 2952 /** 2953 * No outline. 2954 */ 2955 NONE = 0, 2956 /** 2957 * The outline is bevelled inwards. 2958 */ 2959 IN = 1, 2960 /** 2961 * The outline is bevelled outwards like a button. 2962 */ 2963 OUT = 2, 2964 /** 2965 * The outline has a sunken 3d appearance. 2966 */ 2967 ETCHED_IN = 3, 2968 /** 2969 * The outline has a raised 3d appearance. 2970 */ 2971 ETCHED_OUT = 4, 2972 } 2973 alias GtkShadowType ShadowType; 2974 2975 /** 2976 * The mode of the size group determines the directions in which the size 2977 * group affects the requested sizes of its component widgets. 2978 */ 2979 public enum GtkSizeGroupMode 2980 { 2981 /** 2982 * group has no effect 2983 */ 2984 NONE = 0, 2985 /** 2986 * group affects horizontal requisition 2987 */ 2988 HORIZONTAL = 1, 2989 /** 2990 * group affects vertical requisition 2991 */ 2992 VERTICAL = 2, 2993 /** 2994 * group affects both horizontal and vertical requisition 2995 */ 2996 BOTH = 3, 2997 } 2998 alias GtkSizeGroupMode SizeGroupMode; 2999 3000 /** 3001 * Specifies a preference for height-for-width or 3002 * width-for-height geometry management. 3003 */ 3004 public enum GtkSizeRequestMode 3005 { 3006 /** 3007 * Prefer height-for-width geometry management 3008 */ 3009 HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH = 0, 3010 /** 3011 * Prefer width-for-height geometry management 3012 */ 3013 WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT = 1, 3014 /** 3015 * Don’t trade height-for-width or width-for-height 3016 */ 3017 CONSTANT_SIZE = 2, 3018 } 3019 alias GtkSizeRequestMode SizeRequestMode; 3020 3021 /** 3022 * Determines the direction of a sort. 3023 */ 3024 public enum GtkSortType 3025 { 3026 /** 3027 * Sorting is in ascending order. 3028 */ 3029 ASCENDING = 0, 3030 /** 3031 * Sorting is in descending order. 3032 */ 3033 DESCENDING = 1, 3034 } 3035 alias GtkSortType SortType; 3036 3037 /** 3038 * The spin button update policy determines whether the spin button displays 3039 * values even if they are outside the bounds of its adjustment. 3040 * See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy(). 3041 */ 3042 public enum GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy 3043 { 3044 /** 3045 * When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is 3046 * always displayed 3047 */ 3048 ALWAYS = 0, 3049 /** 3050 * When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is 3051 * only displayed if it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's 3052 * adjustment 3053 */ 3054 IF_VALID = 1, 3055 } 3056 alias GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy SpinButtonUpdatePolicy; 3057 3058 /** 3059 * The values of the GtkSpinType enumeration are used to specify the 3060 * change to make in gtk_spin_button_spin(). 3061 */ 3062 public enum GtkSpinType 3063 { 3064 /** 3065 * Increment by the adjustments step increment. 3066 */ 3067 STEP_FORWARD = 0, 3068 /** 3069 * Decrement by the adjustments step increment. 3070 */ 3071 STEP_BACKWARD = 1, 3072 /** 3073 * Increment by the adjustments page increment. 3074 */ 3075 PAGE_FORWARD = 2, 3076 /** 3077 * Decrement by the adjustments page increment. 3078 */ 3079 PAGE_BACKWARD = 3, 3080 /** 3081 * Go to the adjustments lower bound. 3082 */ 3083 HOME = 4, 3084 /** 3085 * Go to the adjustments upper bound. 3086 */ 3087 END = 5, 3088 /** 3089 * Change by a specified amount. 3090 */ 3091 USER_DEFINED = 6, 3092 } 3093 alias GtkSpinType SpinType; 3094 3095 /** 3096 * These enumeration values describe the possible transitions 3097 * between pages in a #GtkStack widget. 3098 * 3099 * New values may be added to this enumeration over time. 3100 */ 3101 public enum GtkStackTransitionType 3102 { 3103 /** 3104 * No transition 3105 */ 3106 NONE = 0, 3107 /** 3108 * A cross-fade 3109 */ 3110 CROSSFADE = 1, 3111 /** 3112 * Slide from left to right 3113 */ 3114 SLIDE_RIGHT = 2, 3115 /** 3116 * Slide from right to left 3117 */ 3118 SLIDE_LEFT = 3, 3119 /** 3120 * Slide from bottom up 3121 */ 3122 SLIDE_UP = 4, 3123 /** 3124 * Slide from top down 3125 */ 3126 SLIDE_DOWN = 5, 3127 /** 3128 * Slide from left or right according to the children order 3129 */ 3130 SLIDE_LEFT_RIGHT = 6, 3131 /** 3132 * Slide from top down or bottom up according to the order 3133 */ 3134 SLIDE_UP_DOWN = 7, 3135 /** 3136 * Cover the old page by sliding up. Since 3.12 3137 */ 3138 OVER_UP = 8, 3139 /** 3140 * Cover the old page by sliding down. Since: 3.12 3141 */ 3142 OVER_DOWN = 9, 3143 /** 3144 * Cover the old page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12 3145 */ 3146 OVER_LEFT = 10, 3147 /** 3148 * Cover the old page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12 3149 */ 3150 OVER_RIGHT = 11, 3151 /** 3152 * Uncover the new page by sliding up. Since 3.12 3153 */ 3154 UNDER_UP = 12, 3155 /** 3156 * Uncover the new page by sliding down. Since: 3.12 3157 */ 3158 UNDER_DOWN = 13, 3159 /** 3160 * Uncover the new page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12 3161 */ 3162 UNDER_LEFT = 14, 3163 /** 3164 * Uncover the new page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12 3165 */ 3166 UNDER_RIGHT = 15, 3167 /** 3168 * Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down, according to order. Since: 3.12 3169 */ 3170 OVER_UP_DOWN = 16, 3171 /** 3172 * Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up, according to order. Since: 3.14 3173 */ 3174 OVER_DOWN_UP = 17, 3175 /** 3176 * Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right, according to order. Since: 3.14 3177 */ 3178 OVER_LEFT_RIGHT = 18, 3179 /** 3180 * Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left, according to order. Since: 3.14 3181 */ 3182 OVER_RIGHT_LEFT = 19, 3183 } 3184 alias GtkStackTransitionType StackTransitionType; 3185 3186 /** 3187 * Describes a widget state. Widget states are used to match the widget 3188 * against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS 3189 * classes and sometimes uses different names. 3190 */ 3191 public enum GtkStateFlags 3192 { 3193 /** 3194 * State during normal operation. 3195 */ 3196 NORMAL = 0, 3197 /** 3198 * Widget is active. 3199 */ 3200 ACTIVE = 1, 3201 /** 3202 * Widget has a mouse pointer over it. 3203 */ 3204 PRELIGHT = 2, 3205 /** 3206 * Widget is selected. 3207 */ 3208 SELECTED = 4, 3209 /** 3210 * Widget is insensitive. 3211 */ 3212 INSENSITIVE = 8, 3213 /** 3214 * Widget is inconsistent. 3215 */ 3216 INCONSISTENT = 16, 3217 /** 3218 * Widget has the keyboard focus. 3219 */ 3220 FOCUSED = 32, 3221 /** 3222 * Widget is in a background toplevel window. 3223 */ 3224 BACKDROP = 64, 3225 /** 3226 * Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8 3227 */ 3228 DIR_LTR = 128, 3229 /** 3230 * Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8 3231 */ 3232 DIR_RTL = 256, 3233 /** 3234 * Widget is a link. Since 3.12 3235 */ 3236 LINK = 512, 3237 /** 3238 * The location the widget points to has already been visited. Since 3.12 3239 */ 3240 VISITED = 1024, 3241 /** 3242 * Widget is checked. Since 3.14 3243 */ 3244 CHECKED = 2048, 3245 } 3246 alias GtkStateFlags StateFlags; 3247 3248 /** 3249 * This type indicates the current state of a widget; the state determines how 3250 * the widget is drawn. The #GtkStateType enumeration is also used to 3251 * identify different colors in a #GtkStyle for drawing, so states can be 3252 * used for subparts of a widget as well as entire widgets. 3253 * 3254 * Deprecated: All APIs that are using this enumeration have been deprecated 3255 * in favor of alternatives using #GtkStateFlags. 3256 */ 3257 public enum GtkStateType 3258 { 3259 /** 3260 * State during normal operation. 3261 */ 3262 NORMAL = 0, 3263 /** 3264 * State of a currently active widget, such as a depressed button. 3265 */ 3266 ACTIVE = 1, 3267 /** 3268 * State indicating that the mouse pointer is over 3269 * the widget and the widget will respond to mouse clicks. 3270 */ 3271 PRELIGHT = 2, 3272 /** 3273 * State of a selected item, such the selected row in a list. 3274 */ 3275 SELECTED = 3, 3276 /** 3277 * State indicating that the widget is 3278 * unresponsive to user actions. 3279 */ 3280 INSENSITIVE = 4, 3281 /** 3282 * The widget is inconsistent, such as checkbuttons 3283 * or radiobuttons that aren’t either set to %TRUE nor %FALSE, 3284 * or buttons requiring the user attention. 3285 */ 3286 INCONSISTENT = 5, 3287 /** 3288 * The widget has the keyboard focus. 3289 */ 3290 FOCUSED = 6, 3291 } 3292 alias GtkStateType StateType; 3293 3294 /** 3295 * The #GtkTargetFlags enumeration is used to specify 3296 * constraints on a #GtkTargetEntry. 3297 */ 3298 public enum GtkTargetFlags 3299 { 3300 /** 3301 * If this is set, the target will only be selected 3302 * for drags within a single application. 3303 */ 3304 SAME_APP = 1, 3305 /** 3306 * If this is set, the target will only be selected 3307 * for drags within a single widget. 3308 */ 3309 SAME_WIDGET = 2, 3310 /** 3311 * If this is set, the target will not be selected 3312 * for drags within a single application. 3313 */ 3314 OTHER_APP = 4, 3315 /** 3316 * If this is set, the target will not be selected 3317 * for drags withing a single widget. 3318 */ 3319 OTHER_WIDGET = 8, 3320 } 3321 alias GtkTargetFlags TargetFlags; 3322 3323 /** 3324 * These values are used as “info” for the targets contained in the 3325 * lists returned by gtk_text_buffer_get_copy_target_list() and 3326 * gtk_text_buffer_get_paste_target_list(). 3327 * 3328 * The values counts down from `-1` to avoid clashes 3329 * with application added drag destinations which usually start at 0. 3330 */ 3331 public enum GtkTextBufferTargetInfo 3332 { 3333 /** 3334 * Buffer contents 3335 */ 3336 BUFFER_CONTENTS = -1, 3337 /** 3338 * Rich text 3339 */ 3340 RICH_TEXT = -2, 3341 /** 3342 * Text 3343 */ 3344 TEXT = -3, 3345 } 3346 alias GtkTextBufferTargetInfo TextBufferTargetInfo; 3347 3348 /** 3349 * Reading directions for text. 3350 */ 3351 public enum GtkTextDirection 3352 { 3353 /** 3354 * No direction. 3355 */ 3356 NONE = 0, 3357 /** 3358 * Left to right text direction. 3359 */ 3360 LTR = 1, 3361 /** 3362 * Right to left text direction. 3363 */ 3364 RTL = 2, 3365 } 3366 alias GtkTextDirection TextDirection; 3367 3368 /** 3369 * Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the 3370 * #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal to customize the selection. 3371 * 3372 * Since: 3.16 3373 */ 3374 public enum GtkTextExtendSelection 3375 { 3376 /** 3377 * Selects the current word. It is triggered by 3378 * a double-click for example. 3379 */ 3380 WORD = 0, 3381 /** 3382 * Selects the current line. It is triggered by 3383 * a triple-click for example. 3384 */ 3385 LINE = 1, 3386 } 3387 alias GtkTextExtendSelection TextExtendSelection; 3388 3389 /** 3390 * Flags affecting how a search is done. 3391 * 3392 * If neither #GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_VISIBLE_ONLY nor #GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_TEXT_ONLY are 3393 * enabled, the match must be exact; the special 0xFFFC character will match 3394 * embedded pixbufs or child widgets. 3395 */ 3396 public enum GtkTextSearchFlags 3397 { 3398 /** 3399 * Search only visible data. A search match may 3400 * have invisible text interspersed. 3401 */ 3402 VISIBLE_ONLY = 1, 3403 /** 3404 * Search only text. A match may have pixbufs or 3405 * child widgets mixed inside the matched range. 3406 */ 3407 TEXT_ONLY = 2, 3408 /** 3409 * The text will be matched regardless of 3410 * what case it is in. 3411 */ 3412 CASE_INSENSITIVE = 4, 3413 } 3414 alias GtkTextSearchFlags TextSearchFlags; 3415 3416 /** 3417 * Used to reference the layers of #GtkTextView for the purpose of customized 3418 * drawing with the ::draw_layer vfunc. 3419 */ 3420 public enum GtkTextViewLayer 3421 { 3422 /** 3423 * The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). 3424 */ 3425 BELOW = 0, 3426 /** 3427 * The layer rendered above the text. 3428 */ 3429 ABOVE = 1, 3430 } 3431 alias GtkTextViewLayer TextViewLayer; 3432 3433 /** 3434 * Used to reference the parts of #GtkTextView. 3435 */ 3436 public enum GtkTextWindowType 3437 { 3438 PRIVATE = 0, 3439 /** 3440 * Window that floats over scrolling areas. 3441 */ 3442 WIDGET = 1, 3443 /** 3444 * Scrollable text window. 3445 */ 3446 TEXT = 2, 3447 /** 3448 * Left side border window. 3449 */ 3450 LEFT = 3, 3451 /** 3452 * Right side border window. 3453 */ 3454 RIGHT = 4, 3455 /** 3456 * Top border window. 3457 */ 3458 TOP = 5, 3459 /** 3460 * Bottom border window. 3461 */ 3462 BOTTOM = 6, 3463 } 3464 alias GtkTextWindowType TextWindowType; 3465 3466 /** 3467 * Flags used to specify the supported drag targets. 3468 */ 3469 public enum GtkToolPaletteDragTargets 3470 { 3471 /** 3472 * Support drag of items. 3473 */ 3474 ITEMS = 1, 3475 /** 3476 * Support drag of groups. 3477 */ 3478 GROUPS = 2, 3479 } 3480 alias GtkToolPaletteDragTargets ToolPaletteDragTargets; 3481 3482 /** 3483 * Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank. 3484 */ 3485 public enum GtkToolbarSpaceStyle 3486 { 3487 /** 3488 * Use blank spacers. 3489 */ 3490 EMPTY = 0, 3491 /** 3492 * Use vertical lines for spacers. 3493 */ 3494 LINE = 1, 3495 } 3496 alias GtkToolbarSpaceStyle ToolbarSpaceStyle; 3497 3498 /** 3499 * Used to customize the appearance of a #GtkToolbar. Note that 3500 * setting the toolbar style overrides the user’s preferences 3501 * for the default toolbar style. Note that if the button has only 3502 * a label set and GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS is used, the label will be 3503 * visible, and vice versa. 3504 */ 3505 public enum GtkToolbarStyle 3506 { 3507 /** 3508 * Buttons display only icons in the toolbar. 3509 */ 3510 ICONS = 0, 3511 /** 3512 * Buttons display only text labels in the toolbar. 3513 */ 3514 TEXT = 1, 3515 /** 3516 * Buttons display text and icons in the toolbar. 3517 */ 3518 BOTH = 2, 3519 /** 3520 * Buttons display icons and text alongside each 3521 * other, rather than vertically stacked 3522 */ 3523 BOTH_HORIZ = 3, 3524 } 3525 alias GtkToolbarStyle ToolbarStyle; 3526 3527 /** 3528 * These flags indicate various properties of a #GtkTreeModel. 3529 * 3530 * They are returned by gtk_tree_model_get_flags(), and must be 3531 * static for the lifetime of the object. A more complete description 3532 * of #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of 3533 * this section. 3534 */ 3535 public enum GtkTreeModelFlags 3536 { 3537 /** 3538 * iterators survive all signals 3539 * emitted by the tree 3540 */ 3541 ITERS_PERSIST = 1, 3542 /** 3543 * the model is a list only, and never 3544 * has children 3545 */ 3546 LIST_ONLY = 2, 3547 } 3548 alias GtkTreeModelFlags TreeModelFlags; 3549 3550 /** 3551 * The sizing method the column uses to determine its width. Please note 3552 * that @GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE are inefficient for large views, and 3553 * can make columns appear choppy. 3554 */ 3555 public enum GtkTreeViewColumnSizing 3556 { 3557 /** 3558 * Columns only get bigger in reaction to changes in the model 3559 */ 3560 GROW_ONLY = 0, 3561 /** 3562 * Columns resize to be the optimal size everytime the model changes. 3563 */ 3564 AUTOSIZE = 1, 3565 /** 3566 * Columns are a fixed numbers of pixels wide. 3567 */ 3568 FIXED = 2, 3569 } 3570 alias GtkTreeViewColumnSizing TreeViewColumnSizing; 3571 3572 /** 3573 * An enum for determining where a dropped row goes. 3574 */ 3575 public enum GtkTreeViewDropPosition 3576 { 3577 /** 3578 * dropped row is inserted before 3579 */ 3580 BEFORE = 0, 3581 /** 3582 * dropped row is inserted after 3583 */ 3584 AFTER = 1, 3585 /** 3586 * dropped row becomes a child or is inserted before 3587 */ 3588 INTO_OR_BEFORE = 2, 3589 /** 3590 * dropped row becomes a child or is inserted after 3591 */ 3592 INTO_OR_AFTER = 3, 3593 } 3594 alias GtkTreeViewDropPosition TreeViewDropPosition; 3595 3596 /** 3597 * Used to indicate which grid lines to draw in a tree view. 3598 */ 3599 public enum GtkTreeViewGridLines 3600 { 3601 /** 3602 * No grid lines. 3603 */ 3604 NONE = 0, 3605 /** 3606 * Horizontal grid lines. 3607 */ 3608 HORIZONTAL = 1, 3609 /** 3610 * Vertical grid lines. 3611 */ 3612 VERTICAL = 2, 3613 /** 3614 * Horizontal and vertical grid lines. 3615 */ 3616 BOTH = 3, 3617 } 3618 alias GtkTreeViewGridLines TreeViewGridLines; 3619 3620 /** 3621 * These enumeration values are used by gtk_ui_manager_add_ui() to determine 3622 * what UI element to create. 3623 */ 3624 public enum GtkUIManagerItemType 3625 { 3626 /** 3627 * Pick the type of the UI element according to context. 3628 */ 3629 AUTO = 0, 3630 /** 3631 * Create a menubar. 3632 */ 3633 MENUBAR = 1, 3634 /** 3635 * Create a menu. 3636 */ 3637 MENU = 2, 3638 /** 3639 * Create a toolbar. 3640 */ 3641 TOOLBAR = 4, 3642 /** 3643 * Insert a placeholder. 3644 */ 3645 PLACEHOLDER = 8, 3646 /** 3647 * Create a popup menu. 3648 */ 3649 POPUP = 16, 3650 /** 3651 * Create a menuitem. 3652 */ 3653 MENUITEM = 32, 3654 /** 3655 * Create a toolitem. 3656 */ 3657 TOOLITEM = 64, 3658 /** 3659 * Create a separator. 3660 */ 3661 SEPARATOR = 128, 3662 /** 3663 * Install an accelerator. 3664 */ 3665 ACCELERATOR = 256, 3666 /** 3667 * Same as %GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP, but the 3668 * actions’ accelerators are shown. 3669 */ 3670 POPUP_WITH_ACCELS = 512, 3671 } 3672 alias GtkUIManagerItemType UIManagerItemType; 3673 3674 /** 3675 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width(). 3676 */ 3677 public enum GtkUnit 3678 { 3679 /** 3680 * No units. 3681 */ 3682 NONE = 0, 3683 /** 3684 * Dimensions in points. 3685 */ 3686 POINTS = 1, 3687 /** 3688 * Dimensions in inches. 3689 */ 3690 INCH = 2, 3691 /** 3692 * Dimensions in millimeters 3693 */ 3694 MM = 3, 3695 } 3696 alias GtkUnit Unit; 3697 3698 /** 3699 * Kinds of widget-specific help. Used by the ::show-help signal. 3700 */ 3701 public enum GtkWidgetHelpType 3702 { 3703 /** 3704 * Tooltip. 3705 */ 3706 TOOLTIP = 0, 3707 /** 3708 * What’s this. 3709 */ 3710 WHATS_THIS = 1, 3711 } 3712 alias GtkWidgetHelpType WidgetHelpType; 3713 3714 /** 3715 * Window placement can be influenced using this enumeration. Note that 3716 * using #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS is almost always a bad idea. 3717 * It won’t necessarily work well with all window managers or on all windowing systems. 3718 */ 3719 public enum GtkWindowPosition 3720 { 3721 /** 3722 * No influence is made on placement. 3723 */ 3724 NONE = 0, 3725 /** 3726 * Windows should be placed in the center of the screen. 3727 */ 3728 CENTER = 1, 3729 /** 3730 * Windows should be placed at the current mouse position. 3731 */ 3732 MOUSE = 2, 3733 /** 3734 * Keep window centered as it changes size, etc. 3735 */ 3736 CENTER_ALWAYS = 3, 3737 /** 3738 * Center the window on its transient 3739 * parent (see gtk_window_set_transient_for()). 3740 */ 3741 CENTER_ON_PARENT = 4, 3742 } 3743 alias GtkWindowPosition WindowPosition; 3744 3745 /** 3746 * A #GtkWindow can be one of these types. Most things you’d consider a 3747 * “window” should have type #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL; windows with this type 3748 * are managed by the window manager and have a frame by default (call 3749 * gtk_window_set_decorated() to toggle the frame). Windows with type 3750 * #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP are ignored by the window manager; window manager 3751 * keybindings won’t work on them, the window manager won’t decorate the 3752 * window with a frame, many GTK+ features that rely on the window 3753 * manager will not work (e.g. resize grips and 3754 * maximization/minimization). #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP is used to implement 3755 * widgets such as #GtkMenu or tooltips that you normally don’t think of 3756 * as windows per se. Nearly all windows should be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL. 3757 * In particular, do not use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP just to turn off 3758 * the window borders; use gtk_window_set_decorated() for that. 3759 */ 3760 public enum GtkWindowType 3761 { 3762 /** 3763 * A regular window, such as a dialog. 3764 */ 3765 TOPLEVEL = 0, 3766 /** 3767 * A special window such as a tooltip. 3768 */ 3769 POPUP = 1, 3770 } 3771 alias GtkWindowType WindowType; 3772 3773 /** 3774 * Describes a type of line wrapping. 3775 */ 3776 public enum GtkWrapMode 3777 { 3778 /** 3779 * do not wrap lines; just make the text area wider 3780 */ 3781 NONE = 0, 3782 /** 3783 * wrap text, breaking lines anywhere the cursor can 3784 * appear (between characters, usually - if you want to be technical, 3785 * between graphemes, see pango_get_log_attrs()) 3786 */ 3787 CHAR = 1, 3788 /** 3789 * wrap text, breaking lines in between words 3790 */ 3791 WORD = 2, 3792 /** 3793 * wrap text, breaking lines in between words, or if 3794 * that is not enough, also between graphemes 3795 */ 3796 WORD_CHAR = 3, 3797 } 3798 alias GtkWrapMode WrapMode; 3799 3800 struct GtkAboutDialog 3801 { 3802 GtkDialog parentInstance; 3803 GtkAboutDialogPrivate* priv; 3804 } 3805 3806 struct GtkAboutDialogClass 3807 { 3808 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 3809 extern(C) int function(GtkAboutDialog* dialog, const(char)* uri) activateLink; 3810 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 3811 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 3812 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3813 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3814 } 3815 3816 struct GtkAboutDialogPrivate; 3817 3818 struct GtkAccelGroup 3819 { 3820 GObject parent; 3821 GtkAccelGroupPrivate* priv; 3822 } 3823 3824 struct GtkAccelGroupClass 3825 { 3826 /** 3827 * The parent class. 3828 */ 3829 GObjectClass parentClass; 3830 extern(C) void function(GtkAccelGroup* accelGroup, uint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier, GClosure* accelClosure) accelChanged; 3831 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 3832 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 3833 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3834 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3835 } 3836 3837 struct GtkAccelGroupEntry 3838 { 3839 GtkAccelKey key; 3840 GClosure* closure; 3841 GQuark accelPathQuark; 3842 } 3843 3844 struct GtkAccelGroupPrivate; 3845 3846 struct GtkAccelKey 3847 { 3848 /** 3849 * The accelerator keyval 3850 */ 3851 uint accelKey; 3852 /** 3853 * The accelerator modifiers 3854 */ 3855 GdkModifierType accelMods; 3856 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 3857 mixin(bitfields!( 3858 uint, "accelFlags", 16, 3859 uint, "", 16 3860 )); 3861 } 3862 3863 struct GtkAccelLabel 3864 { 3865 GtkLabel label; 3866 GtkAccelLabelPrivate* priv; 3867 } 3868 3869 struct GtkAccelLabelClass 3870 { 3871 GtkLabelClass parentClass; 3872 char* signalQuote1; 3873 char* signalQuote2; 3874 char* modNameShift; 3875 char* modNameControl; 3876 char* modNameAlt; 3877 char* modSeparator; 3878 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 3879 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 3880 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3881 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3882 } 3883 3884 struct GtkAccelLabelPrivate; 3885 3886 struct GtkAccelMap; 3887 3888 struct GtkAccelMapClass; 3889 3890 struct GtkAccessible 3891 { 3892 AtkObject parent; 3893 GtkAccessiblePrivate* priv; 3894 } 3895 3896 struct GtkAccessibleClass 3897 { 3898 AtkObjectClass parentClass; 3899 extern(C) void function(GtkAccessible* accessible) connectWidgetDestroyed; 3900 extern(C) void function(GtkAccessible* accessible) widgetSet; 3901 extern(C) void function(GtkAccessible* accessible) widgetUnset; 3902 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3903 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3904 } 3905 3906 struct GtkAccessiblePrivate; 3907 3908 struct GtkAction 3909 { 3910 GObject object; 3911 GtkActionPrivate* privateData; 3912 } 3913 3914 struct GtkActionBar 3915 { 3916 GtkBin bin; 3917 } 3918 3919 struct GtkActionBarClass 3920 { 3921 GtkBinClass parentClass; 3922 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 3923 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 3924 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3925 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3926 } 3927 3928 struct GtkActionBarPrivate; 3929 3930 struct GtkActionClass 3931 { 3932 /** 3933 * The parent class. 3934 */ 3935 GObjectClass parentClass; 3936 extern(C) void function(GtkAction* action) activate; 3937 GType menuItemType; 3938 GType toolbarItemType; 3939 /** 3940 * 3941 * Params: 3942 * action = the action object 3943 * Return: a menu item connected to the action. 3944 */ 3945 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkAction* action) createMenuItem; 3946 /** 3947 * 3948 * Params: 3949 * action = the action object 3950 * Return: a toolbar item connected to the action. 3951 */ 3952 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkAction* action) createToolItem; 3953 extern(C) void function(GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) connectProxy; 3954 extern(C) void function(GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) disconnectProxy; 3955 /** 3956 * 3957 * Params: 3958 * action = a #GtkAction 3959 * Return: the menu item provided by the 3960 * action, or %NULL. 3961 */ 3962 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkAction* action) createMenu; 3963 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 3964 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 3965 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 3966 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 3967 } 3968 3969 /** 3970 * #GtkActionEntry structs are used with gtk_action_group_add_actions() to 3971 * construct actions. 3972 */ 3973 struct GtkActionEntry 3974 { 3975 /** 3976 * The name of the action. 3977 */ 3978 const(char)* name; 3979 /** 3980 * The stock id for the action, or the name of an icon from the 3981 * icon theme. 3982 */ 3983 const(char)* stockId; 3984 /** 3985 * The label for the action. This field should typically be marked 3986 * for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). If 3987 * @label is %NULL, the label of the stock item with id @stock_id is used. 3988 */ 3989 const(char)* label; 3990 /** 3991 * The accelerator for the action, in the format understood by 3992 * gtk_accelerator_parse(). 3993 */ 3994 const(char)* accelerator; 3995 /** 3996 * The tooltip for the action. This field should typically be 3997 * marked for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 3998 */ 3999 const(char)* tooltip; 4000 /** 4001 * The function to call when the action is activated. 4002 */ 4003 GCallback callback; 4004 } 4005 4006 struct GtkActionGroup 4007 { 4008 GObject parent; 4009 GtkActionGroupPrivate* priv; 4010 } 4011 4012 struct GtkActionGroupClass 4013 { 4014 /** 4015 * The parent class. 4016 */ 4017 GObjectClass parentClass; 4018 /** 4019 * 4020 * Params: 4021 * actionGroup = the action group 4022 * actionName = the name of the action 4023 * Return: the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists 4024 */ 4025 extern(C) GtkAction* function(GtkActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getAction; 4026 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4027 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4028 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4029 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4030 } 4031 4032 struct GtkActionGroupPrivate; 4033 4034 struct GtkActionPrivate; 4035 4036 struct GtkActionable; 4037 4038 /** 4039 * The interface vtable for #GtkActionable. 4040 */ 4041 struct GtkActionableInterface 4042 { 4043 GTypeInterface gIface; 4044 /** 4045 * 4046 * Params: 4047 * actionable = a #GtkActionable widget 4048 * Return: the action name, or %NULL if none is set 4049 */ 4050 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkActionable* actionable) getActionName; 4051 extern(C) void function(GtkActionable* actionable, const(char)* actionName) setActionName; 4052 /** 4053 * 4054 * Params: 4055 * actionable = a #GtkActionable widget 4056 * Return: the current target value 4057 */ 4058 extern(C) GVariant* function(GtkActionable* actionable) getActionTargetValue; 4059 extern(C) void function(GtkActionable* actionable, GVariant* targetValue) setActionTargetValue; 4060 } 4061 4062 struct GtkActivatable; 4063 4064 /** 4065 * > This method can be called with a %NULL action at times. 4066 * 4067 * Since: 2.16 4068 */ 4069 struct GtkActivatableIface 4070 { 4071 GTypeInterface gIface; 4072 extern(C) void function(GtkActivatable* activatable, GtkAction* action, const(char)* propertyName) update; 4073 extern(C) void function(GtkActivatable* activatable, GtkAction* action) syncActionProperties; 4074 } 4075 4076 struct GtkAdjustment 4077 { 4078 GObject parentInstance; 4079 GtkAdjustmentPrivate* priv; 4080 } 4081 4082 struct GtkAdjustmentClass 4083 { 4084 GObjectClass parentClass; 4085 extern(C) void function(GtkAdjustment* adjustment) changed; 4086 extern(C) void function(GtkAdjustment* adjustment) valueChanged; 4087 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4088 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4089 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4090 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4091 } 4092 4093 struct GtkAdjustmentPrivate; 4094 4095 struct GtkAlignment 4096 { 4097 GtkBin bin; 4098 GtkAlignmentPrivate* priv; 4099 } 4100 4101 struct GtkAlignmentClass 4102 { 4103 /** 4104 * The parent class. 4105 */ 4106 GtkBinClass parentClass; 4107 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4108 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4109 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4110 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4111 } 4112 4113 struct GtkAlignmentPrivate; 4114 4115 struct GtkAppChooser; 4116 4117 struct GtkAppChooserButton 4118 { 4119 GtkComboBox parent; 4120 GtkAppChooserButtonPrivate* priv; 4121 } 4122 4123 struct GtkAppChooserButtonClass 4124 { 4125 /** 4126 * The parent class. 4127 */ 4128 GtkComboBoxClass parentClass; 4129 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserButton* self, const(char)* itemName) customItemActivated; 4130 void*[16] padding; 4131 } 4132 4133 struct GtkAppChooserButtonPrivate; 4134 4135 struct GtkAppChooserDialog 4136 { 4137 GtkDialog parent; 4138 GtkAppChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 4139 } 4140 4141 struct GtkAppChooserDialogClass 4142 { 4143 /** 4144 * The parent class. 4145 */ 4146 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 4147 void*[16] padding; 4148 } 4149 4150 struct GtkAppChooserDialogPrivate; 4151 4152 struct GtkAppChooserWidget 4153 { 4154 GtkBox parent; 4155 GtkAppChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 4156 } 4157 4158 struct GtkAppChooserWidgetClass 4159 { 4160 /** 4161 * The parent class. 4162 */ 4163 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 4164 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserWidget* self, GAppInfo* appInfo) applicationSelected; 4165 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserWidget* self, GAppInfo* appInfo) applicationActivated; 4166 extern(C) void function(GtkAppChooserWidget* self, GtkMenu* menu, GAppInfo* appInfo) populatePopup; 4167 void*[16] padding; 4168 } 4169 4170 struct GtkAppChooserWidgetPrivate; 4171 4172 struct GtkApplication 4173 { 4174 GApplication parent; 4175 GtkApplicationPrivate* priv; 4176 } 4177 4178 struct GtkApplicationClass 4179 { 4180 /** 4181 * The parent class. 4182 */ 4183 GApplicationClass parentClass; 4184 extern(C) void function(GtkApplication* application, GtkWindow* window) windowAdded; 4185 extern(C) void function(GtkApplication* application, GtkWindow* window) windowRemoved; 4186 void*[12] padding; 4187 } 4188 4189 struct GtkApplicationPrivate; 4190 4191 struct GtkApplicationWindow 4192 { 4193 GtkWindow parentInstance; 4194 GtkApplicationWindowPrivate* priv; 4195 } 4196 4197 struct GtkApplicationWindowClass 4198 { 4199 /** 4200 * The parent class. 4201 */ 4202 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 4203 void*[14] padding; 4204 } 4205 4206 struct GtkApplicationWindowPrivate; 4207 4208 struct GtkArrow 4209 { 4210 GtkMisc misc; 4211 GtkArrowPrivate* priv; 4212 } 4213 4214 struct GtkArrowAccessible 4215 { 4216 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 4217 GtkArrowAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4218 } 4219 4220 struct GtkArrowAccessibleClass 4221 { 4222 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 4223 } 4224 4225 struct GtkArrowAccessiblePrivate; 4226 4227 struct GtkArrowClass 4228 { 4229 GtkMiscClass parentClass; 4230 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4231 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4232 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4233 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4234 } 4235 4236 struct GtkArrowPrivate; 4237 4238 struct GtkAspectFrame 4239 { 4240 GtkFrame frame; 4241 GtkAspectFramePrivate* priv; 4242 } 4243 4244 struct GtkAspectFrameClass 4245 { 4246 /** 4247 * The parent class. 4248 */ 4249 GtkFrameClass parentClass; 4250 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4251 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4252 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4253 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4254 } 4255 4256 struct GtkAspectFramePrivate; 4257 4258 struct GtkAssistant 4259 { 4260 GtkWindow parent; 4261 GtkAssistantPrivate* priv; 4262 } 4263 4264 struct GtkAssistantClass 4265 { 4266 /** 4267 * The parent class. 4268 */ 4269 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 4270 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant, GtkWidget* page) prepare; 4271 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant) apply; 4272 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant) close; 4273 extern(C) void function(GtkAssistant* assistant) cancel; 4274 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4275 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4276 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4277 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4278 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 4279 } 4280 4281 struct GtkAssistantPrivate; 4282 4283 struct GtkBin 4284 { 4285 GtkContainer container; 4286 GtkBinPrivate* priv; 4287 } 4288 4289 struct GtkBinClass 4290 { 4291 /** 4292 * The parent class. 4293 */ 4294 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 4295 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4296 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4297 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4298 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4299 } 4300 4301 struct GtkBinPrivate; 4302 4303 /** 4304 * A #GtkBindingArg holds the data associated with 4305 * an argument for a key binding signal emission as 4306 * stored in #GtkBindingSignal. 4307 */ 4308 struct GtkBindingArg 4309 { 4310 /** 4311 * implementation detail 4312 */ 4313 GType argType; 4314 union D 4315 { 4316 glong longData; 4317 double doubleData; 4318 char* stringData; 4319 } 4320 D d; 4321 } 4322 4323 /** 4324 * Each key binding element of a binding sets binding list is 4325 * represented by a GtkBindingEntry. 4326 */ 4327 struct GtkBindingEntry 4328 { 4329 /** 4330 * key value to match 4331 */ 4332 uint keyval; 4333 /** 4334 * key modifiers to match 4335 */ 4336 GdkModifierType modifiers; 4337 /** 4338 * binding set this entry belongs to 4339 */ 4340 GtkBindingSet* bindingSet; 4341 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 4342 mixin(bitfields!( 4343 uint, "destroyed", 1, 4344 uint, "inEmission", 1, 4345 uint, "marksUnbound", 1, 4346 uint, "", 29 4347 )); 4348 /** 4349 * linked list of entries maintained by binding set 4350 */ 4351 GtkBindingEntry* setNext; 4352 /** 4353 * implementation detail 4354 */ 4355 GtkBindingEntry* hashNext; 4356 /** 4357 * action signals of this entry 4358 */ 4359 GtkBindingSignal* signals; 4360 } 4361 4362 struct GtkBindingSet 4363 { 4364 /** 4365 * unique name of this binding set 4366 */ 4367 char* setName; 4368 /** 4369 * unused 4370 */ 4371 int priority; 4372 /** 4373 * unused 4374 */ 4375 GSList* widgetPathPspecs; 4376 /** 4377 * unused 4378 */ 4379 GSList* widgetClassPspecs; 4380 /** 4381 * unused 4382 */ 4383 GSList* classBranchPspecs; 4384 /** 4385 * the key binding entries in this binding set 4386 */ 4387 GtkBindingEntry* entries; 4388 /** 4389 * implementation detail 4390 */ 4391 GtkBindingEntry* current; 4392 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 4393 mixin(bitfields!( 4394 uint, "parsed", 1, 4395 uint, "", 31 4396 )); 4397 } 4398 4399 /** 4400 * A GtkBindingSignal stores the necessary information to 4401 * activate a widget in response to a key press via a signal 4402 * emission. 4403 */ 4404 struct GtkBindingSignal 4405 { 4406 /** 4407 * implementation detail 4408 */ 4409 GtkBindingSignal* next; 4410 /** 4411 * the action signal to be emitted 4412 */ 4413 char* signalName; 4414 /** 4415 * number of arguments specified for the signal 4416 */ 4417 uint nArgs; 4418 /** 4419 * the arguments specified for the signal 4420 */ 4421 GtkBindingArg* args; 4422 } 4423 4424 struct GtkBooleanCellAccessible 4425 { 4426 GtkRendererCellAccessible parent; 4427 GtkBooleanCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4428 } 4429 4430 struct GtkBooleanCellAccessibleClass 4431 { 4432 GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 4433 } 4434 4435 struct GtkBooleanCellAccessiblePrivate; 4436 4437 struct GtkBorder 4438 { 4439 /** 4440 * The width of the left border 4441 */ 4442 short left; 4443 /** 4444 * The width of the right border 4445 */ 4446 short right; 4447 /** 4448 * The width of the top border 4449 */ 4450 short top; 4451 /** 4452 * The width of the bottom border 4453 */ 4454 short bottom; 4455 } 4456 4457 struct GtkBox 4458 { 4459 GtkContainer container; 4460 GtkBoxPrivate* priv; 4461 } 4462 4463 struct GtkBoxClass 4464 { 4465 /** 4466 * The parent class. 4467 */ 4468 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 4469 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4470 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4471 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4472 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4473 } 4474 4475 struct GtkBoxPrivate; 4476 4477 struct GtkBuildable; 4478 4479 /** 4480 * The #GtkBuildableIface interface contains method that are 4481 * necessary to allow #GtkBuilder to construct an object from 4482 * a #GtkBuilder UI definition. 4483 */ 4484 struct GtkBuildableIface 4485 { 4486 /** 4487 * the parent class 4488 */ 4489 GTypeInterface gIface; 4490 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, const(char)* name) setName; 4491 /** 4492 * 4493 * Params: 4494 * buildable = a #GtkBuildable 4495 * Return: the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name() 4496 */ 4497 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkBuildable* buildable) getName; 4498 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* type) addChild; 4499 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* name, GValue* value) setBuildableProperty; 4500 /** 4501 * 4502 * Params: 4503 * buildable = A #GtkBuildable 4504 * builder = #GtkBuilder used to construct this object 4505 * name = name of child to construct 4506 * Return: the constructed child 4507 */ 4508 extern(C) GObject* function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* name) constructChild; 4509 /** 4510 * 4511 * Params: 4512 * buildable = a #GtkBuildable 4513 * builder = a #GtkBuilder used to construct this object 4514 * child = child object or %NULL for non-child tags 4515 * tagname = name of tag 4516 * parser = a #GMarkupParser to fill in 4517 * data = return location for user data that will be passed in 4518 * to parser functions 4519 * Return: %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE 4520 * if it doesn't. 4521 */ 4522 extern(C) int function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* tagname, GMarkupParser* parser, void** data) customTagStart; 4523 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* tagname, void** data) customTagEnd; 4524 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* child, const(char)* tagname, void* data) customFinished; 4525 extern(C) void function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder) parserFinished; 4526 /** 4527 * 4528 * Params: 4529 * buildable = a #GtkBuildable 4530 * builder = a #GtkBuilder 4531 * childname = name of child 4532 * Return: the internal child of the buildable object 4533 */ 4534 extern(C) GObject* function(GtkBuildable* buildable, GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* childname) getInternalChild; 4535 } 4536 4537 struct GtkBuilder 4538 { 4539 GObject parentInstance; 4540 GtkBuilderPrivate* priv; 4541 } 4542 4543 struct GtkBuilderClass 4544 { 4545 GObjectClass parentClass; 4546 /** 4547 * 4548 * Params: 4549 * builder = a #GtkBuilder 4550 * typeName = type name to lookup 4551 * Return: the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID 4552 * if no type was found 4553 */ 4554 extern(C) GType function(GtkBuilder* builder, const(char)* typeName) getTypeFromName; 4555 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4556 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4557 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4558 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4559 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 4560 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 4561 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 4562 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 4563 } 4564 4565 struct GtkBuilderPrivate; 4566 4567 struct GtkButton 4568 { 4569 GtkBin bin; 4570 GtkButtonPrivate* priv; 4571 } 4572 4573 struct GtkButtonAccessible 4574 { 4575 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 4576 GtkButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4577 } 4578 4579 struct GtkButtonAccessibleClass 4580 { 4581 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 4582 } 4583 4584 struct GtkButtonAccessiblePrivate; 4585 4586 struct GtkButtonBox 4587 { 4588 GtkBox box; 4589 GtkButtonBoxPrivate* priv; 4590 } 4591 4592 struct GtkButtonBoxClass 4593 { 4594 /** 4595 * The parent class. 4596 */ 4597 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 4598 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4599 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4600 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4601 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4602 } 4603 4604 struct GtkButtonBoxPrivate; 4605 4606 struct GtkButtonClass 4607 { 4608 /** 4609 * The parent class. 4610 */ 4611 GtkBinClass parentClass; 4612 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) pressed; 4613 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) released; 4614 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) clicked; 4615 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) enter; 4616 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) leave; 4617 extern(C) void function(GtkButton* button) activate; 4618 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4619 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4620 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4621 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4622 } 4623 4624 struct GtkButtonPrivate; 4625 4626 struct GtkCalendar 4627 { 4628 GtkWidget widget; 4629 GtkCalendarPrivate* priv; 4630 } 4631 4632 struct GtkCalendarClass 4633 { 4634 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 4635 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) monthChanged; 4636 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) daySelected; 4637 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) daySelectedDoubleClick; 4638 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) prevMonth; 4639 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) nextMonth; 4640 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) prevYear; 4641 extern(C) void function(GtkCalendar* calendar) nextYear; 4642 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4643 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4644 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4645 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4646 } 4647 4648 struct GtkCalendarPrivate; 4649 4650 struct GtkCellAccessible 4651 { 4652 GtkAccessible parent; 4653 GtkCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 4654 } 4655 4656 struct GtkCellAccessibleClass 4657 { 4658 GtkAccessibleClass parentClass; 4659 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessible* cell, int emitSignal) updateCache; 4660 } 4661 4662 struct GtkCellAccessibleParent; 4663 4664 struct GtkCellAccessibleParentIface 4665 { 4666 GTypeInterface parent; 4667 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height, AtkCoordType coordType) getCellExtents; 4668 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell, GdkRectangle* cellRect) getCellArea; 4669 extern(C) int function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) grabFocus; 4670 extern(C) int function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) getChildIndex; 4671 extern(C) GtkCellRendererState function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) getRendererState; 4672 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) expandCollapse; 4673 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) activate; 4674 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell) edit; 4675 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAccessibleParent* parent, GtkCellAccessible* cell, AtkRelationSet* relationset) updateRelationset; 4676 } 4677 4678 struct GtkCellAccessiblePrivate; 4679 4680 struct GtkCellArea 4681 { 4682 GObject parentInstance; 4683 GtkCellAreaPrivate* priv; 4684 } 4685 4686 struct GtkCellAreaBox 4687 { 4688 GtkCellArea parentInstance; 4689 GtkCellAreaBoxPrivate* priv; 4690 } 4691 4692 struct GtkCellAreaBoxClass 4693 { 4694 GtkCellAreaClass parentClass; 4695 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4696 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4697 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4698 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4699 } 4700 4701 struct GtkCellAreaBoxPrivate; 4702 4703 struct GtkCellAreaClass 4704 { 4705 GObjectClass parentClass; 4706 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer) add; 4707 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer) remove; 4708 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellCallback callback, void* callbackData) foreac; 4709 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GtkCellAllocCallback callback, void* callbackData) foreachAlloc; 4710 /** 4711 * 4712 * Params: 4713 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4714 * context = the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. 4715 * widget = the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to 4716 * event = the #GdkEvent to handle 4717 * cellArea = the @widget relative coordinates for @area 4718 * flags = the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. 4719 * Return: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area. 4720 */ 4721 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, GdkEvent* event, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) event; 4722 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, cairo_t* cr, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags, int paintFocus) render; 4723 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, int isExpander, int isExpanded) applyAttributes; 4724 /** 4725 * 4726 * Params: 4727 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4728 * Return: a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area. 4729 */ 4730 extern(C) GtkCellAreaContext* function(GtkCellArea* area) createContext; 4731 /** 4732 * 4733 * Params: 4734 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4735 * context = the #GtkCellAreaContext to copy 4736 * Return: a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context. 4737 */ 4738 extern(C) GtkCellAreaContext* function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context) copyContext; 4739 /** 4740 * 4741 * Params: 4742 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4743 * Return: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area. 4744 */ 4745 extern(C) GtkSizeRequestMode function(GtkCellArea* area) getRequestMode; 4746 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidth; 4747 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 4748 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeight; 4749 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 4750 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) setCellProperty; 4751 extern(C) void function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellRenderer* renderer, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) getCellProperty; 4752 /** 4753 * 4754 * Params: 4755 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4756 * direction = the #GtkDirectionType 4757 * Return: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call. 4758 */ 4759 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkDirectionType direction) focus; 4760 /** 4761 * 4762 * Params: 4763 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4764 * Return: whether @area can do anything when activated. 4765 */ 4766 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area) isActivatable; 4767 /** 4768 * 4769 * Params: 4770 * area = a #GtkCellArea 4771 * context = the #GtkCellAreaContext in context with the current row data 4772 * widget = the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on 4773 * cellArea = the size and location of @area relative to @widget’s allocation 4774 * flags = the #GtkCellRendererState flags for @area for this row of data. 4775 * editOnly = if %TRUE then only cell renderers that are %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE 4776 * will be activated. 4777 * Return: Whether @area was successfully activated. 4778 */ 4779 extern(C) int function(GtkCellArea* area, GtkCellAreaContext* context, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags, int editOnly) activate; 4780 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4781 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4782 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4783 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4784 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 4785 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 4786 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 4787 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 4788 } 4789 4790 struct GtkCellAreaContext 4791 { 4792 GObject parentInstance; 4793 GtkCellAreaContextPrivate* priv; 4794 } 4795 4796 struct GtkCellAreaContextClass 4797 { 4798 GObjectClass parentClass; 4799 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context, int width, int height) allocate; 4800 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context) reset; 4801 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 4802 extern(C) void function(GtkCellAreaContext* context, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 4803 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4804 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4805 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4806 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4807 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 4808 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 4809 } 4810 4811 struct GtkCellAreaContextPrivate; 4812 4813 struct GtkCellAreaPrivate; 4814 4815 struct GtkCellEditable; 4816 4817 struct GtkCellEditableIface 4818 { 4819 GTypeInterface gIface; 4820 extern(C) void function(GtkCellEditable* cellEditable) editingDone; 4821 extern(C) void function(GtkCellEditable* cellEditable) removeWidget; 4822 extern(C) void function(GtkCellEditable* cellEditable, GdkEvent* event) startEditing; 4823 } 4824 4825 struct GtkCellLayout; 4826 4827 struct GtkCellLayoutIface 4828 { 4829 GTypeInterface gIface; 4830 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, int expand) packStart; 4831 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, int expand) packEnd; 4832 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout) clear; 4833 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, const(char)* attribute, int column) addAttribute; 4834 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkCellLayoutDataFunc func, void* funcData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setCellDataFunc; 4835 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell) clearAttributes; 4836 extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, int position) reorder; 4837 /** 4838 * 4839 * Params: 4840 * cellLayout = a #GtkCellLayout 4841 * Return: a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has 4842 * been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free() 4843 * when no longer needed. 4844 */ 4845 extern(C) GList* function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout) getCells; 4846 /** 4847 * 4848 * Params: 4849 * cellLayout = a #GtkCellLayout 4850 * Return: the cell area used by @cell_layout. 4851 */ 4852 extern(C) GtkCellArea* function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout) getArea; 4853 } 4854 4855 struct GtkCellRenderer 4856 { 4857 GObject parentInstance; 4858 GtkCellRendererPrivate* priv; 4859 } 4860 4861 struct GtkCellRendererAccel 4862 { 4863 GtkCellRendererText parent; 4864 GtkCellRendererAccelPrivate* priv; 4865 } 4866 4867 struct GtkCellRendererAccelClass 4868 { 4869 GtkCellRendererTextClass parentClass; 4870 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererAccel* accel, const(char)* pathString, uint accelKey, GdkModifierType accelMods, uint hardwareKeycode) accelEdited; 4871 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererAccel* accel, const(char)* pathString) accelCleared; 4872 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved0; 4873 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4874 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4875 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4876 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4877 } 4878 4879 struct GtkCellRendererAccelPrivate; 4880 4881 struct GtkCellRendererClass 4882 { 4883 GObjectClass parentClass; 4884 /** 4885 * 4886 * Params: 4887 * cell = a #GtkCellRenderer instance 4888 * Return: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer. 4889 */ 4890 extern(C) GtkSizeRequestMode function(GtkCellRenderer* cell) getRequestMode; 4891 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize) getPreferredWidth; 4892 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 4893 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize) getPreferredHeight; 4894 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 4895 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, GtkCellRendererState flags, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GdkRectangle* alignedArea) getAlignedArea; 4896 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* cellArea, int* xOffset, int* yOffset, int* width, int* height) getSize; 4897 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, cairo_t* cr, GtkWidget* widget, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) render; 4898 /** 4899 * 4900 * Params: 4901 * cell = a #GtkCellRenderer 4902 * event = a #GdkEvent 4903 * widget = widget that received the event 4904 * path = widget-dependent string representation of the event location; 4905 * e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath 4906 * backgroundArea = background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 4907 * cellArea = cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 4908 * flags = render flags 4909 * Return: %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled 4910 */ 4911 extern(C) int function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GdkEvent* event, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* path, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) activate; 4912 /** 4913 * 4914 * Params: 4915 * cell = a #GtkCellRenderer 4916 * event = a #GdkEvent 4917 * widget = widget that received the event 4918 * path = widget-dependent string representation of the event location; 4919 * e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath 4920 * backgroundArea = background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 4921 * cellArea = cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() 4922 * flags = render flags 4923 * Return: A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL 4924 */ 4925 extern(C) GtkCellEditable* function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GdkEvent* event, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* path, GdkRectangle* backgroundArea, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GtkCellRendererState flags) startEditing; 4926 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell) editingCanceled; 4927 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkCellEditable* editable, const(char)* path) editingStarted; 4928 GtkCellRendererClassPrivate* priv; 4929 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4930 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4931 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4932 } 4933 4934 struct GtkCellRendererClassPrivate; 4935 4936 struct GtkCellRendererCombo 4937 { 4938 GtkCellRendererText parent; 4939 GtkCellRendererComboPrivate* priv; 4940 } 4941 4942 struct GtkCellRendererComboClass 4943 { 4944 GtkCellRendererTextClass parent; 4945 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4946 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4947 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4948 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4949 } 4950 4951 struct GtkCellRendererComboPrivate; 4952 4953 struct GtkCellRendererPixbuf 4954 { 4955 GtkCellRenderer parent; 4956 GtkCellRendererPixbufPrivate* priv; 4957 } 4958 4959 struct GtkCellRendererPixbufClass 4960 { 4961 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 4962 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4963 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4964 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4965 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4966 } 4967 4968 struct GtkCellRendererPixbufPrivate; 4969 4970 struct GtkCellRendererPrivate; 4971 4972 struct GtkCellRendererProgress 4973 { 4974 GtkCellRenderer parentInstance; 4975 GtkCellRendererProgressPrivate* priv; 4976 } 4977 4978 struct GtkCellRendererProgressClass 4979 { 4980 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 4981 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4982 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 4983 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 4984 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 4985 } 4986 4987 struct GtkCellRendererProgressPrivate; 4988 4989 struct GtkCellRendererSpin 4990 { 4991 GtkCellRendererText parent; 4992 GtkCellRendererSpinPrivate* priv; 4993 } 4994 4995 struct GtkCellRendererSpinClass 4996 { 4997 GtkCellRendererTextClass parent; 4998 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 4999 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5000 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5001 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5002 } 5003 5004 struct GtkCellRendererSpinPrivate; 5005 5006 struct GtkCellRendererSpinner 5007 { 5008 GtkCellRenderer parent; 5009 GtkCellRendererSpinnerPrivate* priv; 5010 } 5011 5012 struct GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass 5013 { 5014 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5015 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5016 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5017 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5018 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5019 } 5020 5021 struct GtkCellRendererSpinnerPrivate; 5022 5023 struct GtkCellRendererText 5024 { 5025 GtkCellRenderer parent; 5026 GtkCellRendererTextPrivate* priv; 5027 } 5028 5029 struct GtkCellRendererTextClass 5030 { 5031 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5032 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererText* cellRendererText, const(char)* path, const(char)* newText) edited; 5033 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5034 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5035 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5036 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5037 } 5038 5039 struct GtkCellRendererTextPrivate; 5040 5041 struct GtkCellRendererToggle 5042 { 5043 GtkCellRenderer parent; 5044 GtkCellRendererTogglePrivate* priv; 5045 } 5046 5047 struct GtkCellRendererToggleClass 5048 { 5049 GtkCellRendererClass parentClass; 5050 extern(C) void function(GtkCellRendererToggle* cellRendererToggle, const(char)* path) toggled; 5051 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5052 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5053 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5054 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5055 } 5056 5057 struct GtkCellRendererTogglePrivate; 5058 5059 struct GtkCellView 5060 { 5061 GtkWidget parentInstance; 5062 GtkCellViewPrivate* priv; 5063 } 5064 5065 struct GtkCellViewClass 5066 { 5067 /** 5068 * The parent class. 5069 */ 5070 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 5071 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5072 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5073 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5074 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5075 } 5076 5077 struct GtkCellViewPrivate; 5078 5079 struct GtkCheckButton 5080 { 5081 GtkToggleButton toggleButton; 5082 } 5083 5084 struct GtkCheckButtonClass 5085 { 5086 GtkToggleButtonClass parentClass; 5087 extern(C) void function(GtkCheckButton* checkButton, cairo_t* cr) drawIndicator; 5088 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5089 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5090 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5091 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5092 } 5093 5094 struct GtkCheckMenuItem 5095 { 5096 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 5097 GtkCheckMenuItemPrivate* priv; 5098 } 5099 5100 struct GtkCheckMenuItemAccessible 5101 { 5102 GtkMenuItemAccessible parent; 5103 GtkCheckMenuItemAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5104 } 5105 5106 struct GtkCheckMenuItemAccessibleClass 5107 { 5108 GtkMenuItemAccessibleClass parentClass; 5109 } 5110 5111 struct GtkCheckMenuItemAccessiblePrivate; 5112 5113 struct GtkCheckMenuItemClass 5114 { 5115 /** 5116 * The parent class. 5117 */ 5118 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 5119 extern(C) void function(GtkCheckMenuItem* checkMenuItem) toggled; 5120 extern(C) void function(GtkCheckMenuItem* checkMenuItem, cairo_t* cr) drawIndicator; 5121 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5122 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5123 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5124 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5125 } 5126 5127 struct GtkCheckMenuItemPrivate; 5128 5129 struct GtkClipboard; 5130 5131 struct GtkColorButton 5132 { 5133 GtkButton button; 5134 GtkColorButtonPrivate* priv; 5135 } 5136 5137 struct GtkColorButtonClass 5138 { 5139 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 5140 extern(C) void function(GtkColorButton* cp) colorSet; 5141 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5142 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5143 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5144 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5145 } 5146 5147 struct GtkColorButtonPrivate; 5148 5149 struct GtkColorChooser; 5150 5151 struct GtkColorChooserDialog 5152 { 5153 GtkDialog parentInstance; 5154 GtkColorChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 5155 } 5156 5157 struct GtkColorChooserDialogClass 5158 { 5159 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 5160 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5161 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5162 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5163 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5164 } 5165 5166 struct GtkColorChooserDialogPrivate; 5167 5168 struct GtkColorChooserInterface 5169 { 5170 GTypeInterface baseInterface; 5171 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GdkRGBA* color) getRgba; 5172 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GdkRGBA* color) setRgba; 5173 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GtkOrientation orientation, int colorsPerLine, int nColors, GdkRGBA* colors) addPalette; 5174 extern(C) void function(GtkColorChooser* chooser, GdkRGBA* color) colorActivated; 5175 void*[12] padding; 5176 } 5177 5178 struct GtkColorChooserWidget 5179 { 5180 GtkBox parentInstance; 5181 GtkColorChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 5182 } 5183 5184 struct GtkColorChooserWidgetClass 5185 { 5186 /** 5187 * The parent class. 5188 */ 5189 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5190 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5191 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5192 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5193 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5194 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5196 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5197 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5198 } 5199 5200 struct GtkColorChooserWidgetPrivate; 5201 5202 struct GtkColorSelection 5203 { 5204 GtkBox parentInstance; 5205 GtkColorSelectionPrivate* privateData; 5206 } 5207 5208 struct GtkColorSelectionClass 5209 { 5210 /** 5211 * The parent class. 5212 */ 5213 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5214 extern(C) void function(GtkColorSelection* colorSelection) colorChanged; 5215 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5216 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5217 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5218 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5219 } 5220 5221 struct GtkColorSelectionDialog 5222 { 5223 GtkDialog parentInstance; 5224 GtkColorSelectionDialogPrivate* priv; 5225 } 5226 5227 struct GtkColorSelectionDialogClass 5228 { 5229 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 5230 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5231 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5232 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5233 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5234 } 5235 5236 struct GtkColorSelectionDialogPrivate; 5237 5238 struct GtkColorSelectionPrivate; 5239 5240 struct GtkComboBox 5241 { 5242 GtkBin parentInstance; 5243 GtkComboBoxPrivate* priv; 5244 } 5245 5246 struct GtkComboBoxAccessible 5247 { 5248 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 5249 GtkComboBoxAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5250 } 5251 5252 struct GtkComboBoxAccessibleClass 5253 { 5254 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 5255 } 5256 5257 struct GtkComboBoxAccessiblePrivate; 5258 5259 struct GtkComboBoxClass 5260 { 5261 /** 5262 * The parent class. 5263 */ 5264 GtkBinClass parentClass; 5265 extern(C) void function(GtkComboBox* comboBox) changed; 5266 extern(C) char* function(GtkComboBox* comboBox, const(char)* path) formatEntryText; 5267 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5268 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5269 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5270 } 5271 5272 struct GtkComboBoxPrivate; 5273 5274 struct GtkComboBoxText 5275 { 5276 GtkComboBox parentInstance; 5277 GtkComboBoxTextPrivate* priv; 5278 } 5279 5280 struct GtkComboBoxTextClass 5281 { 5282 GtkComboBoxClass parentClass; 5283 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5284 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5285 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5286 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5287 } 5288 5289 struct GtkComboBoxTextPrivate; 5290 5291 struct GtkContainer 5292 { 5293 GtkWidget widget; 5294 GtkContainerPrivate* priv; 5295 } 5296 5297 struct GtkContainerAccessible 5298 { 5299 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 5300 GtkContainerAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5301 } 5302 5303 struct GtkContainerAccessibleClass 5304 { 5305 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 5306 extern(C) int function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget, void* data) addGtk; 5307 extern(C) int function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget, void* data) removeGtk; 5308 } 5309 5310 struct GtkContainerAccessiblePrivate; 5311 5312 struct GtkContainerCellAccessible 5313 { 5314 GtkCellAccessible parent; 5315 GtkContainerCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5316 } 5317 5318 struct GtkContainerCellAccessibleClass 5319 { 5320 GtkCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 5321 } 5322 5323 struct GtkContainerCellAccessiblePrivate; 5324 5325 struct GtkContainerClass 5326 { 5327 /** 5328 * The parent class. 5329 */ 5330 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 5331 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget) add; 5332 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* widget) remove; 5333 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container) checkResize; 5334 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, int includeInternals, GtkCallback callback, void* callbackData) forall; 5335 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child) setFocusChild; 5336 /** 5337 * 5338 * Params: 5339 * container = a #GtkContainer 5340 * Return: a #GType. 5341 */ 5342 extern(C) GType function(GtkContainer* container) childType; 5343 extern(C) char* function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child) compositeName; 5344 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) setChildProperty; 5345 extern(C) void function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child, uint propertyId, GValue* value, GParamSpec* pspec) getChildProperty; 5346 /** 5347 * 5348 * Params: 5349 * container = a #GtkContainer 5350 * child = a child of @container 5351 * Return: A newly created #GtkWidgetPath 5352 */ 5353 extern(C) GtkWidgetPath* function(GtkContainer* container, GtkWidget* child) getPathForChild; 5354 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 5355 mixin(bitfields!( 5356 uint, "HandleBorderWidth", 1, 5357 uint, "", 31 5358 )); 5359 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5360 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5361 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5362 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5363 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5364 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5365 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5366 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5367 } 5368 5369 struct GtkContainerPrivate; 5370 5371 struct GtkCssProvider 5372 { 5373 GObject parentInstance; 5374 GtkCssProviderPrivate* priv; 5375 } 5376 5377 struct GtkCssProviderClass 5378 { 5379 GObjectClass parentClass; 5380 extern(C) void function(GtkCssProvider* provider, GtkCssSection* section, GError* error) parsingError; 5381 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5382 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5383 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5384 } 5385 5386 struct GtkCssProviderPrivate; 5387 5388 struct GtkCssSection; 5389 5390 struct GtkDialog 5391 { 5392 GtkWindow window; 5393 GtkDialogPrivate* priv; 5394 } 5395 5396 struct GtkDialogClass 5397 { 5398 /** 5399 * The parent class. 5400 */ 5401 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 5402 extern(C) void function(GtkDialog* dialog, int responseId) response; 5403 extern(C) void function(GtkDialog* dialog) close; 5404 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5405 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5406 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5407 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5408 } 5409 5410 struct GtkDialogPrivate; 5411 5412 struct GtkDrawingArea 5413 { 5414 GtkWidget widget; 5415 void* dummy; 5416 } 5417 5418 struct GtkDrawingAreaClass 5419 { 5420 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 5421 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5422 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5423 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5424 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5425 } 5426 5427 struct GtkEditable; 5428 5429 struct GtkEditableInterface 5430 { 5431 GTypeInterface baseIface; 5432 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, const(char)* newText, int newTextLength, int* position) insertText; 5433 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) deleteText; 5434 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable) changed; 5435 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, const(char)* newText, int newTextLength, int* position) doInsertText; 5436 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) doDeleteText; 5437 /** 5438 * 5439 * Params: 5440 * editable = a #GtkEditable 5441 * startPos = start of text 5442 * endPos = end of text 5443 * Return: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a 5444 * string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable 5445 * implementation and should be freed by the caller. 5446 */ 5447 extern(C) char* function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) getChars; 5448 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int startPos, int endPos) setSelectionBounds; 5449 /** 5450 * 5451 * Params: 5452 * editable = a #GtkEditable 5453 * startPos = location to store the starting position, or %NULL 5454 * endPos = location to store the end position, or %NULL 5455 * Return: %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise 5456 */ 5457 extern(C) int function(GtkEditable* editable, int* startPos, int* endPos) getSelectionBounds; 5458 extern(C) void function(GtkEditable* editable, int position) setPosition; 5459 /** 5460 * 5461 * Params: 5462 * editable = a #GtkEditable 5463 * Return: the cursor position 5464 */ 5465 extern(C) int function(GtkEditable* editable) getPosition; 5466 } 5467 5468 struct GtkEntry 5469 { 5470 GtkWidget parentInstance; 5471 GtkEntryPrivate* priv; 5472 } 5473 5474 struct GtkEntryAccessible 5475 { 5476 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 5477 GtkEntryAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5478 } 5479 5480 struct GtkEntryAccessibleClass 5481 { 5482 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 5483 } 5484 5485 struct GtkEntryAccessiblePrivate; 5486 5487 struct GtkEntryBuffer 5488 { 5489 GObject parentInstance; 5490 GtkEntryBufferPrivate* priv; 5491 } 5492 5493 struct GtkEntryBufferClass 5494 { 5495 GObjectClass parentClass; 5496 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, const(char)* chars, uint nChars) insertedText; 5497 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, uint nChars) deletedText; 5498 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, size_t* nBytes) getText; 5499 /** 5500 * 5501 * Params: 5502 * buffer = a #GtkEntryBuffer 5503 * Return: The number of characters in the buffer. 5504 */ 5505 extern(C) uint function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer) getLength; 5506 /** 5507 * 5508 * Params: 5509 * buffer = a #GtkEntryBuffer 5510 * position = the position at which to insert text. 5511 * chars = the text to insert into the buffer. 5512 * nChars = the length of the text in characters, or -1 5513 * Return: The number of characters actually inserted. 5514 */ 5515 extern(C) uint function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, const(char)* chars, uint nChars) insertText; 5516 /** 5517 * 5518 * Params: 5519 * buffer = a #GtkEntryBuffer 5520 * position = position at which to delete text 5521 * nChars = number of characters to delete 5522 * Return: The number of characters deleted. 5523 */ 5524 extern(C) uint function(GtkEntryBuffer* buffer, uint position, uint nChars) deleteText; 5525 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5526 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5527 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5528 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5529 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5530 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5531 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5532 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5533 } 5534 5535 struct GtkEntryBufferPrivate; 5536 5537 /** 5538 * Class structure for #GtkEntry. All virtual functions have a default 5539 * implementation. Derived classes may set the virtual function pointers for the 5540 * signal handlers to %NULL, but must keep @get_text_area_size and 5541 * @get_frame_size non-%NULL; either use the default implementation, or provide 5542 * a custom one. 5543 */ 5544 struct GtkEntryClass 5545 { 5546 /** 5547 * The parent class. 5548 */ 5549 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 5550 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, GtkWidget* popup) populatePopup; 5551 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) activate; 5552 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, GtkMovementStep step, int count, int extendSelection) moveCursor; 5553 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, const(char)* str) insertAtCursor; 5554 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, GtkDeleteType type, int count) deleteFromCursor; 5555 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) backspace; 5556 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) cutClipboard; 5557 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) copyClipboard; 5558 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) pasteClipboard; 5559 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry) toggleOverwrite; 5560 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height) getTextAreaSize; 5561 extern(C) void function(GtkEntry* entry, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height) getFrameSize; 5562 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5563 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5564 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5565 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5566 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5567 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5568 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5569 } 5570 5571 struct GtkEntryCompletion 5572 { 5573 GObject parentInstance; 5574 GtkEntryCompletionPrivate* priv; 5575 } 5576 5577 struct GtkEntryCompletionClass 5578 { 5579 GObjectClass parentClass; 5580 extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter) matchSelected; 5581 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, int index) actionActivated; 5582 extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, const(char)* prefix) insertPrefix; 5583 extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter) cursorOnMatch; 5584 extern(C) void function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion) noMatches; 5585 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved0; 5586 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5587 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5588 } 5589 5590 struct GtkEntryCompletionPrivate; 5591 5592 5593 struct GtkEntryPrivate; 5594 5595 struct GtkEventBox 5596 { 5597 GtkBin bin; 5598 GtkEventBoxPrivate* priv; 5599 } 5600 5601 struct GtkEventBoxClass 5602 { 5603 /** 5604 * The parent class. 5605 */ 5606 GtkBinClass parentClass; 5607 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5608 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5609 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5610 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5611 } 5612 5613 struct GtkEventBoxPrivate; 5614 5615 struct GtkEventController; 5616 5617 struct GtkEventControllerClass; 5618 5619 struct GtkExpander 5620 { 5621 GtkBin bin; 5622 GtkExpanderPrivate* priv; 5623 } 5624 5625 struct GtkExpanderAccessible 5626 { 5627 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 5628 GtkExpanderAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5629 } 5630 5631 struct GtkExpanderAccessibleClass 5632 { 5633 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 5634 } 5635 5636 struct GtkExpanderAccessiblePrivate; 5637 5638 struct GtkExpanderClass 5639 { 5640 /** 5641 * The parent class. 5642 */ 5643 GtkBinClass parentClass; 5644 extern(C) void function(GtkExpander* expander) activate; 5645 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5646 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5647 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5648 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5649 } 5650 5651 struct GtkExpanderPrivate; 5652 5653 struct GtkFileChooser; 5654 5655 struct GtkFileChooserButton 5656 { 5657 GtkBox parent; 5658 GtkFileChooserButtonPrivate* priv; 5659 } 5660 5661 struct GtkFileChooserButtonClass 5662 { 5663 /** 5664 * The parent class. 5665 */ 5666 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5667 extern(C) void function(GtkFileChooserButton* fc) fileSet; 5668 void* GtkReserved1; 5669 void* GtkReserved2; 5670 void* GtkReserved3; 5671 void* GtkReserved4; 5672 } 5673 5674 struct GtkFileChooserButtonPrivate; 5675 5676 struct GtkFileChooserDialog 5677 { 5678 GtkDialog parentInstance; 5679 GtkFileChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 5680 } 5681 5682 struct GtkFileChooserDialogClass 5683 { 5684 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 5685 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5686 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5687 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5688 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5689 } 5690 5691 struct GtkFileChooserDialogPrivate; 5692 5693 struct GtkFileChooserWidget 5694 { 5695 GtkBox parentInstance; 5696 GtkFileChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 5697 } 5698 5699 struct GtkFileChooserWidgetClass 5700 { 5701 /** 5702 * The parent class. 5703 */ 5704 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5705 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5706 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5707 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5708 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5709 } 5710 5711 struct GtkFileChooserWidgetPrivate; 5712 5713 struct GtkFileFilter; 5714 5715 /** 5716 * A #GtkFileFilterInfo-struct is used to pass information about the 5717 * tested file to gtk_file_filter_filter(). 5718 */ 5719 struct GtkFileFilterInfo 5720 { 5721 /** 5722 * Flags indicating which of the following fields need 5723 * are filled 5724 */ 5725 GtkFileFilterFlags contains; 5726 /** 5727 * the filename of the file being tested 5728 */ 5729 const(char)* filename; 5730 /** 5731 * the URI for the file being tested 5732 */ 5733 const(char)* uri; 5734 /** 5735 * the string that will be used to display the file 5736 * in the file chooser 5737 */ 5738 const(char)* displayName; 5739 /** 5740 * the mime type of the file 5741 */ 5742 const(char)* mimeType; 5743 } 5744 5745 struct GtkFixed 5746 { 5747 GtkContainer container; 5748 GtkFixedPrivate* priv; 5749 } 5750 5751 struct GtkFixedChild 5752 { 5753 GtkWidget* widget; 5754 int x; 5755 int y; 5756 } 5757 5758 struct GtkFixedClass 5759 { 5760 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 5761 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5762 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5763 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5764 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5765 } 5766 5767 struct GtkFixedPrivate; 5768 5769 struct GtkFlowBox 5770 { 5771 GtkContainer container; 5772 } 5773 5774 struct GtkFlowBoxAccessible 5775 { 5776 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 5777 GtkFlowBoxAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5778 } 5779 5780 struct GtkFlowBoxAccessibleClass 5781 { 5782 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 5783 } 5784 5785 struct GtkFlowBoxAccessiblePrivate; 5786 5787 struct GtkFlowBoxChild 5788 { 5789 GtkBin parentInstance; 5790 } 5791 5792 struct GtkFlowBoxChildAccessible 5793 { 5794 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 5795 } 5796 5797 struct GtkFlowBoxChildAccessibleClass 5798 { 5799 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 5800 } 5801 5802 struct GtkFlowBoxChildClass 5803 { 5804 GtkBinClass parentClass; 5805 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBoxChild* child) activate; 5806 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5807 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5808 } 5809 5810 struct GtkFlowBoxClass 5811 { 5812 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 5813 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box, GtkFlowBoxChild* child) childActivated; 5814 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) selectedChildrenChanged; 5815 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) activateCursorChild; 5816 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) toggleCursorChild; 5817 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 5818 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) selectAll; 5819 extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box) unselectAll; 5820 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5821 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5822 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5823 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5824 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5825 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5826 } 5827 5828 struct GtkFontButton 5829 { 5830 GtkButton button; 5831 GtkFontButtonPrivate* priv; 5832 } 5833 5834 struct GtkFontButtonClass 5835 { 5836 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 5837 extern(C) void function(GtkFontButton* gfp) fontSet; 5838 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5839 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5840 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5841 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5842 } 5843 5844 struct GtkFontButtonPrivate; 5845 5846 struct GtkFontChooser; 5847 5848 struct GtkFontChooserDialog 5849 { 5850 GtkDialog parentInstance; 5851 GtkFontChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 5852 } 5853 5854 struct GtkFontChooserDialogClass 5855 { 5856 /** 5857 * The parent class. 5858 */ 5859 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 5860 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5861 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5862 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5863 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5864 } 5865 5866 struct GtkFontChooserDialogPrivate; 5867 5868 struct GtkFontChooserIface 5869 { 5870 GTypeInterface baseIface; 5871 /** 5872 * 5873 * Params: 5874 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 5875 * Return: A #PangoFontFamily representing the 5876 * selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser 5877 * and must not be modified or freed. 5878 */ 5879 extern(C) PangoFontFamily* function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontFamily; 5880 /** 5881 * 5882 * Params: 5883 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 5884 * Return: A #PangoFontFace representing the 5885 * selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by 5886 * @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. 5887 */ 5888 extern(C) PangoFontFace* function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontFace; 5889 /** 5890 * 5891 * Params: 5892 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 5893 * Return: A n integer representing the selected font size, 5894 * or -1 if no font size is selected. 5895 */ 5896 extern(C) int function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontSize; 5897 extern(C) void function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser, GtkFontFilterFunc filter, void* userData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setFilterFunc; 5898 extern(C) void function(GtkFontChooser* chooser, const(char)* fontname) fontActivated; 5899 extern(C) void function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser, PangoFontMap* fontmap) setFontMap; 5900 /** 5901 * 5902 * Params: 5903 * fontchooser = a #GtkFontChooser 5904 * Return: a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL 5905 */ 5906 extern(C) PangoFontMap* function(GtkFontChooser* fontchooser) getFontMap; 5907 void*[10] padding; 5908 } 5909 5910 struct GtkFontChooserWidget 5911 { 5912 GtkBox parentInstance; 5913 GtkFontChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 5914 } 5915 5916 struct GtkFontChooserWidgetClass 5917 { 5918 /** 5919 * The parent class. 5920 */ 5921 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5922 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5923 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5924 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5925 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5926 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 5927 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 5928 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 5929 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 5930 } 5931 5932 struct GtkFontChooserWidgetPrivate; 5933 5934 struct GtkFontSelection 5935 { 5936 GtkBox parentInstance; 5937 GtkFontSelectionPrivate* priv; 5938 } 5939 5940 struct GtkFontSelectionClass 5941 { 5942 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 5943 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5944 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5945 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5946 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5947 } 5948 5949 struct GtkFontSelectionDialog 5950 { 5951 GtkDialog parentInstance; 5952 GtkFontSelectionDialogPrivate* priv; 5953 } 5954 5955 struct GtkFontSelectionDialogClass 5956 { 5957 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 5958 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5959 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5960 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5961 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5962 } 5963 5964 struct GtkFontSelectionDialogPrivate; 5965 5966 struct GtkFontSelectionPrivate; 5967 5968 struct GtkFrame 5969 { 5970 GtkBin bin; 5971 GtkFramePrivate* priv; 5972 } 5973 5974 struct GtkFrameAccessible 5975 { 5976 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 5977 GtkFrameAccessiblePrivate* priv; 5978 } 5979 5980 struct GtkFrameAccessibleClass 5981 { 5982 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 5983 } 5984 5985 struct GtkFrameAccessiblePrivate; 5986 5987 struct GtkFrameClass 5988 { 5989 /** 5990 * The parent class. 5991 */ 5992 GtkBinClass parentClass; 5993 extern(C) void function(GtkFrame* frame, GtkAllocation* allocation) computeChildAllocation; 5994 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 5995 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 5996 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 5997 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 5998 } 5999 6000 struct GtkFramePrivate; 6001 6002 struct GtkGLArea 6003 { 6004 GtkWidget parentInstance; 6005 } 6006 6007 /** 6008 * The `GtkGLAreaClass` structure contains only private data. 6009 * 6010 * Since: 3.16 6011 */ 6012 struct GtkGLAreaClass 6013 { 6014 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6015 extern(C) int function(GtkGLArea* area, GdkGLContext* context) render; 6016 extern(C) void function(GtkGLArea* area, int width, int height) resize; 6017 extern(C) GdkGLContext* function(GtkGLArea* area) createContext; 6018 void*[6] Padding; 6019 } 6020 6021 struct GtkGesture; 6022 6023 struct GtkGestureClass; 6024 6025 struct GtkGestureDrag; 6026 6027 struct GtkGestureDragClass; 6028 6029 struct GtkGestureLongPress; 6030 6031 struct GtkGestureLongPressClass; 6032 6033 struct GtkGestureMultiPress; 6034 6035 struct GtkGestureMultiPressClass; 6036 6037 struct GtkGesturePan; 6038 6039 struct GtkGesturePanClass; 6040 6041 struct GtkGestureRotate; 6042 6043 struct GtkGestureRotateClass; 6044 6045 struct GtkGestureSingle; 6046 6047 struct GtkGestureSingleClass; 6048 6049 struct GtkGestureSwipe; 6050 6051 struct GtkGestureSwipeClass; 6052 6053 struct GtkGestureZoom; 6054 6055 struct GtkGestureZoomClass; 6056 6057 struct GtkGradient; 6058 6059 struct GtkGrid 6060 { 6061 GtkContainer container; 6062 GtkGridPrivate* priv; 6063 } 6064 6065 struct GtkGridClass 6066 { 6067 /** 6068 * The parent class. 6069 */ 6070 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6071 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6072 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6073 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6074 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6075 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6076 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6077 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 6078 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 6079 } 6080 6081 struct GtkGridPrivate; 6082 6083 struct GtkHBox 6084 { 6085 GtkBox box; 6086 } 6087 6088 struct GtkHBoxClass 6089 { 6090 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 6091 } 6092 6093 struct GtkHButtonBox 6094 { 6095 GtkButtonBox buttonBox; 6096 } 6097 6098 struct GtkHButtonBoxClass 6099 { 6100 GtkButtonBoxClass parentClass; 6101 } 6102 6103 struct GtkHPaned 6104 { 6105 GtkPaned paned; 6106 } 6107 6108 struct GtkHPanedClass 6109 { 6110 GtkPanedClass parentClass; 6111 } 6112 6113 struct GtkHSV 6114 { 6115 GtkWidget parentInstance; 6116 GtkHSVPrivate* priv; 6117 } 6118 6119 struct GtkHSVClass 6120 { 6121 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6122 extern(C) void function(GtkHSV* hsv) changed; 6123 extern(C) void function(GtkHSV* hsv, GtkDirectionType type) move; 6124 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6125 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6126 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6127 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6128 } 6129 6130 struct GtkHSVPrivate; 6131 6132 struct GtkHScale 6133 { 6134 GtkScale scale; 6135 } 6136 6137 struct GtkHScaleClass 6138 { 6139 GtkScaleClass parentClass; 6140 } 6141 6142 struct GtkHScrollbar 6143 { 6144 GtkScrollbar scrollbar; 6145 } 6146 6147 struct GtkHScrollbarClass 6148 { 6149 GtkScrollbarClass parentClass; 6150 } 6151 6152 struct GtkHSeparator 6153 { 6154 GtkSeparator separator; 6155 } 6156 6157 struct GtkHSeparatorClass 6158 { 6159 GtkSeparatorClass parentClass; 6160 } 6161 6162 struct GtkHandleBox 6163 { 6164 GtkBin bin; 6165 GtkHandleBoxPrivate* priv; 6166 } 6167 6168 struct GtkHandleBoxClass 6169 { 6170 /** 6171 * The parent class. 6172 */ 6173 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6174 extern(C) void function(GtkHandleBox* handleBox, GtkWidget* child) childAttached; 6175 extern(C) void function(GtkHandleBox* handleBox, GtkWidget* child) childDetached; 6176 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6177 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6178 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6179 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6180 } 6181 6182 struct GtkHandleBoxPrivate; 6183 6184 struct GtkHeaderBar 6185 { 6186 GtkContainer container; 6187 } 6188 6189 struct GtkHeaderBarClass 6190 { 6191 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6192 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6193 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6194 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6196 } 6197 6198 struct GtkHeaderBarPrivate; 6199 6200 struct GtkIMContext 6201 { 6202 GObject parentInstance; 6203 } 6204 6205 struct GtkIMContextClass 6206 { 6207 GObjectClass parentClass; 6208 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) preeditStart; 6209 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) preeditEnd; 6210 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) preeditChanged; 6211 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, const(char)* str) commit; 6212 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context) retrieveSurrounding; 6213 /** 6214 * 6215 * Params: 6216 * context = a #GtkIMContext 6217 * offset = offset from cursor position in chars; 6218 * a negative value means start before the cursor. 6219 * nChars = number of characters to delete. 6220 * Return: %TRUE if the signal was handled. 6221 */ 6222 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context, int offset, int nChars) deleteSurrounding; 6223 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, GdkWindow* window) setClientWindow; 6224 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, char** str, PangoAttrList** attrs, int* cursorPos) getPreeditString; 6225 /** 6226 * 6227 * Params: 6228 * context = a #GtkIMContext 6229 * event = the key event 6230 * Return: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. 6231 */ 6232 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context, GdkEventKey* event) filterKeypress; 6233 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) focusIn; 6234 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) focusOut; 6235 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context) reset; 6236 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, GdkRectangle* area) setCursorLocation; 6237 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, int usePreedit) setUsePreedit; 6238 extern(C) void function(GtkIMContext* context, const(char)* text, int len, int cursorIndex) setSurrounding; 6239 /** 6240 * 6241 * Params: 6242 * context = a #GtkIMContext 6243 * text = location to store a UTF-8 encoded 6244 * string of text holding context around the insertion point. 6245 * If the function returns %TRUE, then you must free the result 6246 * stored in this location with g_free(). 6247 * cursorIndex = location to store byte index of the insertion 6248 * cursor within @text. 6249 * Return: %TRUE if surrounding text was provided; in this case 6250 * you must free the result stored in *text. 6251 */ 6252 extern(C) int function(GtkIMContext* context, char** text, int* cursorIndex) getSurrounding; 6253 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6254 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6255 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6256 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6257 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6258 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6259 } 6260 6261 /** 6262 * Bookkeeping information about a loadable input method. 6263 */ 6264 struct GtkIMContextInfo 6265 { 6266 /** 6267 * The unique identification string of the input method. 6268 */ 6269 const(char)* contextId; 6270 /** 6271 * The human-readable name of the input method. 6272 */ 6273 const(char)* contextName; 6274 /** 6275 * Translation domain to be used with dgettext() 6276 */ 6277 const(char)* domain; 6278 /** 6279 * Name of locale directory for use with bindtextdomain() 6280 */ 6281 const(char)* domainDirname; 6282 /** 6283 * A colon-separated list of locales where this input method 6284 * should be the default. The asterisk “*” sets the default for all locales. 6285 */ 6286 const(char)* defaultLocales; 6287 } 6288 6289 struct GtkIMContextSimple 6290 { 6291 GtkIMContext object; 6292 GtkIMContextSimplePrivate* priv; 6293 } 6294 6295 struct GtkIMContextSimpleClass 6296 { 6297 GtkIMContextClass parentClass; 6298 } 6299 6300 struct GtkIMContextSimplePrivate; 6301 6302 struct GtkIMMulticontext 6303 { 6304 GtkIMContext object; 6305 GtkIMMulticontextPrivate* priv; 6306 } 6307 6308 struct GtkIMMulticontextClass 6309 { 6310 GtkIMContextClass parentClass; 6311 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6312 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6313 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6314 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6315 } 6316 6317 struct GtkIMMulticontextPrivate; 6318 6319 struct GtkIconFactory 6320 { 6321 GObject parentInstance; 6322 GtkIconFactoryPrivate* priv; 6323 } 6324 6325 struct GtkIconFactoryClass 6326 { 6327 /** 6328 * The parent class. 6329 */ 6330 GObjectClass parentClass; 6331 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6332 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6333 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6334 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6335 } 6336 6337 struct GtkIconFactoryPrivate; 6338 6339 struct GtkIconInfo; 6340 6341 struct GtkIconInfoClass; 6342 6343 struct GtkIconSet; 6344 6345 struct GtkIconSource; 6346 6347 struct GtkIconTheme 6348 { 6349 GObject parentInstance; 6350 GtkIconThemePrivate* priv; 6351 } 6352 6353 struct GtkIconThemeClass 6354 { 6355 /** 6356 * The parent class. 6357 */ 6358 GObjectClass parentClass; 6359 extern(C) void function(GtkIconTheme* iconTheme) changed; 6360 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6361 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6362 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6363 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6364 } 6365 6366 struct GtkIconThemePrivate; 6367 6368 struct GtkIconView 6369 { 6370 GtkContainer parent; 6371 GtkIconViewPrivate* priv; 6372 } 6373 6374 struct GtkIconViewAccessible 6375 { 6376 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6377 GtkIconViewAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6378 } 6379 6380 struct GtkIconViewAccessibleClass 6381 { 6382 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6383 } 6384 6385 struct GtkIconViewAccessiblePrivate; 6386 6387 struct GtkIconViewClass 6388 { 6389 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6390 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView, GtkTreePath* path) itemActivated; 6391 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) selectionChanged; 6392 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) selectAll; 6393 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) unselectAll; 6394 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) selectCursorItem; 6395 extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView) toggleCursorItem; 6396 extern(C) int function(GtkIconView* iconView, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 6397 extern(C) int function(GtkIconView* iconView) activateCursorItem; 6398 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6399 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6400 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6401 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6402 } 6403 6404 struct GtkIconViewPrivate; 6405 6406 struct GtkImage 6407 { 6408 GtkMisc misc; 6409 GtkImagePrivate* priv; 6410 } 6411 6412 struct GtkImageAccessible 6413 { 6414 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 6415 GtkImageAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6416 } 6417 6418 struct GtkImageAccessibleClass 6419 { 6420 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 6421 } 6422 6423 struct GtkImageAccessiblePrivate; 6424 6425 struct GtkImageCellAccessible 6426 { 6427 GtkRendererCellAccessible parent; 6428 GtkImageCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6429 } 6430 6431 struct GtkImageCellAccessibleClass 6432 { 6433 GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 6434 } 6435 6436 struct GtkImageCellAccessiblePrivate; 6437 6438 struct GtkImageClass 6439 { 6440 GtkMiscClass parentClass; 6441 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6442 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6443 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6444 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6445 } 6446 6447 struct GtkImageMenuItem 6448 { 6449 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 6450 GtkImageMenuItemPrivate* priv; 6451 } 6452 6453 struct GtkImageMenuItemClass 6454 { 6455 /** 6456 * The parent class. 6457 */ 6458 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 6459 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6460 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6461 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6462 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6463 } 6464 6465 struct GtkImageMenuItemPrivate; 6466 6467 struct GtkImagePrivate; 6468 6469 struct GtkInfoBar 6470 { 6471 GtkBox parent; 6472 GtkInfoBarPrivate* priv; 6473 } 6474 6475 struct GtkInfoBarClass 6476 { 6477 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 6478 extern(C) void function(GtkInfoBar* infoBar, int responseId) response; 6479 extern(C) void function(GtkInfoBar* infoBar) close; 6480 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6481 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6482 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6483 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6484 } 6485 6486 struct GtkInfoBarPrivate; 6487 6488 struct GtkInvisible 6489 { 6490 GtkWidget widget; 6491 GtkInvisiblePrivate* priv; 6492 } 6493 6494 struct GtkInvisibleClass 6495 { 6496 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6497 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6498 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6499 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6500 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6501 } 6502 6503 struct GtkInvisiblePrivate; 6504 6505 struct GtkLabel 6506 { 6507 GtkMisc misc; 6508 GtkLabelPrivate* priv; 6509 } 6510 6511 struct GtkLabelAccessible 6512 { 6513 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 6514 GtkLabelAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6515 } 6516 6517 struct GtkLabelAccessibleClass 6518 { 6519 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 6520 } 6521 6522 struct GtkLabelAccessiblePrivate; 6523 6524 struct GtkLabelClass 6525 { 6526 GtkMiscClass parentClass; 6527 extern(C) void function(GtkLabel* label, GtkMovementStep step, int count, int extendSelection) moveCursor; 6528 extern(C) void function(GtkLabel* label) copyClipboard; 6529 extern(C) void function(GtkLabel* label, GtkMenu* menu) populatePopup; 6530 extern(C) int function(GtkLabel* label, const(char)* uri) activateLink; 6531 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6532 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6533 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6534 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6535 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 6536 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 6537 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 6538 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 6539 } 6540 6541 struct GtkLabelPrivate; 6542 6543 struct GtkLabelSelectionInfo; 6544 6545 struct GtkLayout 6546 { 6547 GtkContainer container; 6548 GtkLayoutPrivate* priv; 6549 } 6550 6551 struct GtkLayoutClass 6552 { 6553 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6554 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6555 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6556 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6557 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6558 } 6559 6560 struct GtkLayoutPrivate; 6561 6562 struct GtkLevelBar 6563 { 6564 GtkWidget parent; 6565 GtkLevelBarPrivate* priv; 6566 } 6567 6568 struct GtkLevelBarAccessible 6569 { 6570 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 6571 GtkLevelBarAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6572 } 6573 6574 struct GtkLevelBarAccessibleClass 6575 { 6576 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 6577 } 6578 6579 struct GtkLevelBarAccessiblePrivate; 6580 6581 struct GtkLevelBarClass 6582 { 6583 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6584 extern(C) void function(GtkLevelBar* self, const(char)* name) offsetChanged; 6585 void*[16] padding; 6586 } 6587 6588 struct GtkLevelBarPrivate; 6589 6590 struct GtkLinkButton 6591 { 6592 GtkButton parentInstance; 6593 GtkLinkButtonPrivate* priv; 6594 } 6595 6596 struct GtkLinkButtonAccessible 6597 { 6598 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 6599 GtkLinkButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6600 } 6601 6602 struct GtkLinkButtonAccessibleClass 6603 { 6604 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 6605 } 6606 6607 struct GtkLinkButtonAccessiblePrivate; 6608 6609 /** 6610 * The #GtkLinkButtonClass contains only 6611 * private data. 6612 */ 6613 struct GtkLinkButtonClass 6614 { 6615 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 6616 extern(C) int function(GtkLinkButton* button) activateLink; 6617 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding1; 6618 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding2; 6619 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding3; 6620 extern(C) void function() GtkPadding4; 6621 } 6622 6623 struct GtkLinkButtonPrivate; 6624 6625 struct GtkListBox 6626 { 6627 GtkContainer parentInstance; 6628 } 6629 6630 struct GtkListBoxAccessible 6631 { 6632 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6633 GtkListBoxAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6634 } 6635 6636 struct GtkListBoxAccessibleClass 6637 { 6638 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6639 } 6640 6641 struct GtkListBoxAccessiblePrivate; 6642 6643 struct GtkListBoxClass 6644 { 6645 /** 6646 * The parent class. 6647 */ 6648 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6649 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkListBoxRow* row) rowSelected; 6650 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkListBoxRow* row) rowActivated; 6651 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) activateCursorRow; 6652 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) toggleCursorRow; 6653 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 6654 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) selectedRowsChanged; 6655 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) selectAll; 6656 extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box) unselectAll; 6657 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6658 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6659 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6660 } 6661 6662 struct GtkListBoxRow 6663 { 6664 GtkBin parentInstance; 6665 } 6666 6667 struct GtkListBoxRowAccessible 6668 { 6669 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6670 } 6671 6672 struct GtkListBoxRowAccessibleClass 6673 { 6674 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6675 } 6676 6677 struct GtkListBoxRowClass 6678 { 6679 /** 6680 * The parent class. 6681 */ 6682 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6683 extern(C) void function(GtkListBoxRow* row) activate; 6684 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6685 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6686 } 6687 6688 struct GtkListStore 6689 { 6690 GObject parent; 6691 GtkListStorePrivate* priv; 6692 } 6693 6694 struct GtkListStoreClass 6695 { 6696 GObjectClass parentClass; 6697 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6698 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6699 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6700 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6701 } 6702 6703 struct GtkListStorePrivate; 6704 6705 struct GtkLockButton 6706 { 6707 GtkButton parent; 6708 GtkLockButtonPrivate* priv; 6709 } 6710 6711 struct GtkLockButtonAccessible 6712 { 6713 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 6714 GtkLockButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6715 } 6716 6717 struct GtkLockButtonAccessibleClass 6718 { 6719 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 6720 } 6721 6722 struct GtkLockButtonAccessiblePrivate; 6723 6724 struct GtkLockButtonClass 6725 { 6726 /** 6727 * The parent class. 6728 */ 6729 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 6730 extern(C) void function() reserved0; 6731 extern(C) void function() reserved1; 6732 extern(C) void function() reserved2; 6733 extern(C) void function() reserved3; 6734 extern(C) void function() reserved4; 6735 extern(C) void function() reserved5; 6736 extern(C) void function() reserved6; 6737 extern(C) void function() reserved7; 6738 } 6739 6740 struct GtkLockButtonPrivate; 6741 6742 struct GtkMenu 6743 { 6744 GtkMenuShell menuShell; 6745 GtkMenuPrivate* priv; 6746 } 6747 6748 struct GtkMenuAccessible 6749 { 6750 GtkMenuShellAccessible parent; 6751 GtkMenuAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6752 } 6753 6754 struct GtkMenuAccessibleClass 6755 { 6756 GtkMenuShellAccessibleClass parentClass; 6757 } 6758 6759 struct GtkMenuAccessiblePrivate; 6760 6761 struct GtkMenuBar 6762 { 6763 GtkMenuShell menuShell; 6764 GtkMenuBarPrivate* priv; 6765 } 6766 6767 struct GtkMenuBarClass 6768 { 6769 GtkMenuShellClass parentClass; 6770 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6771 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6772 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6773 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6774 } 6775 6776 struct GtkMenuBarPrivate; 6777 6778 struct GtkMenuButton 6779 { 6780 GtkToggleButton parent; 6781 GtkMenuButtonPrivate* priv; 6782 } 6783 6784 struct GtkMenuButtonAccessible 6785 { 6786 GtkToggleButtonAccessible parent; 6787 GtkMenuButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6788 } 6789 6790 struct GtkMenuButtonAccessibleClass 6791 { 6792 GtkToggleButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 6793 } 6794 6795 struct GtkMenuButtonAccessiblePrivate; 6796 6797 struct GtkMenuButtonClass 6798 { 6799 GtkToggleButtonClass parentClass; 6800 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6801 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6802 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6803 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6804 } 6805 6806 struct GtkMenuButtonPrivate; 6807 6808 struct GtkMenuClass 6809 { 6810 GtkMenuShellClass parentClass; 6811 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6812 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6813 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6814 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6815 } 6816 6817 struct GtkMenuItem 6818 { 6819 GtkBin bin; 6820 GtkMenuItemPrivate* priv; 6821 } 6822 6823 struct GtkMenuItemAccessible 6824 { 6825 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6826 GtkMenuItemAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6827 } 6828 6829 struct GtkMenuItemAccessibleClass 6830 { 6831 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6832 } 6833 6834 struct GtkMenuItemAccessiblePrivate; 6835 6836 struct GtkMenuItemClass 6837 { 6838 /** 6839 * The parent class. 6840 */ 6841 GtkBinClass parentClass; 6842 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 6843 mixin(bitfields!( 6844 uint, "hideOnActivate", 1, 6845 uint, "", 31 6846 )); 6847 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) activate; 6848 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) activateItem; 6849 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem, int* requisition) toggleSizeRequest; 6850 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem, int allocation) toggleSizeAllocate; 6851 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem, const(char)* label) setLabel; 6852 /** 6853 * 6854 * Params: 6855 * menuItem = a #GtkMenuItem 6856 * Return: The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal 6857 * string used by the label, and must not be modified. 6858 */ 6859 extern(C) const(char)* function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) getLabel; 6860 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) select; 6861 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuItem* menuItem) deselect; 6862 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6863 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6864 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6865 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6866 } 6867 6868 struct GtkMenuItemPrivate; 6869 6870 struct GtkMenuPrivate; 6871 6872 struct GtkMenuShell 6873 { 6874 GtkContainer container; 6875 GtkMenuShellPrivate* priv; 6876 } 6877 6878 struct GtkMenuShellAccessible 6879 { 6880 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 6881 GtkMenuShellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 6882 } 6883 6884 struct GtkMenuShellAccessibleClass 6885 { 6886 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 6887 } 6888 6889 struct GtkMenuShellAccessiblePrivate; 6890 6891 struct GtkMenuShellClass 6892 { 6893 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 6894 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 6895 mixin(bitfields!( 6896 uint, "submenuPlacement", 1, 6897 uint, "", 31 6898 )); 6899 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) deactivate; 6900 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) selectionDone; 6901 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, GtkMenuDirectionType direction) moveCurrent; 6902 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, int forceHide) activateCurrent; 6903 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) cancel; 6904 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, GtkWidget* menuItem) selectItem; 6905 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, GtkWidget* child, int position) insert; 6906 extern(C) int function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell) getPopupDelay; 6907 extern(C) int function(GtkMenuShell* menuShell, int distance) moveSelected; 6908 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6909 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6910 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6911 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6912 } 6913 6914 struct GtkMenuShellPrivate; 6915 6916 struct GtkMenuToolButton 6917 { 6918 GtkToolButton parent; 6919 GtkMenuToolButtonPrivate* priv; 6920 } 6921 6922 struct GtkMenuToolButtonClass 6923 { 6924 /** 6925 * The parent class. 6926 */ 6927 GtkToolButtonClass parentClass; 6928 extern(C) void function(GtkMenuToolButton* button) showMenu; 6929 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6930 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6931 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6932 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6933 } 6934 6935 struct GtkMenuToolButtonPrivate; 6936 6937 struct GtkMessageDialog 6938 { 6939 GtkDialog parentInstance; 6940 GtkMessageDialogPrivate* priv; 6941 } 6942 6943 struct GtkMessageDialogClass 6944 { 6945 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 6946 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6947 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6948 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6949 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6950 } 6951 6952 struct GtkMessageDialogPrivate; 6953 6954 struct GtkMisc 6955 { 6956 GtkWidget widget; 6957 GtkMiscPrivate* priv; 6958 } 6959 6960 struct GtkMiscClass 6961 { 6962 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 6963 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6964 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6965 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6966 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6967 } 6968 6969 struct GtkMiscPrivate; 6970 6971 struct GtkModelButton; 6972 6973 struct GtkMountOperation 6974 { 6975 GMountOperation parentInstance; 6976 GtkMountOperationPrivate* priv; 6977 } 6978 6979 struct GtkMountOperationClass 6980 { 6981 /** 6982 * The parent class. 6983 */ 6984 GMountOperationClass parentClass; 6985 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 6986 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 6987 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 6988 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 6989 } 6990 6991 struct GtkMountOperationPrivate; 6992 6993 struct GtkNotebook 6994 { 6995 GtkContainer container; 6996 GtkNotebookPrivate* priv; 6997 } 6998 6999 struct GtkNotebookAccessible 7000 { 7001 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7002 GtkNotebookAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7003 } 7004 7005 struct GtkNotebookAccessibleClass 7006 { 7007 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7008 } 7009 7010 struct GtkNotebookAccessiblePrivate; 7011 7012 struct GtkNotebookClass 7013 { 7014 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7015 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* page, uint pageNum) switchPage; 7016 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, int moveFocus) selectPage; 7017 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkNotebookTab type) focusTab; 7018 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, int offset) changeCurrentPage; 7019 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkDirectionType direction) moveFocusOut; 7020 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkDirectionType direction, int moveToLast) reorderTab; 7021 extern(C) int function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, GtkWidget* tabLabel, GtkWidget* menuLabel, int position) insertPage; 7022 extern(C) GtkNotebook* function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* page, int x, int y) createWindow; 7023 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, uint pageNum) pageReordered; 7024 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, uint pageNum) pageRemoved; 7025 extern(C) void function(GtkNotebook* notebook, GtkWidget* child, uint pageNum) pageAdded; 7026 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7027 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7028 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7029 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7030 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 7031 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 7032 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 7033 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 7034 } 7035 7036 struct GtkNotebookPageAccessible 7037 { 7038 AtkObject parent; 7039 GtkNotebookPageAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7040 } 7041 7042 struct GtkNotebookPageAccessibleClass 7043 { 7044 AtkObjectClass parentClass; 7045 } 7046 7047 struct GtkNotebookPageAccessiblePrivate; 7048 7049 struct GtkNotebookPrivate; 7050 7051 struct GtkNumerableIcon 7052 { 7053 GEmblemedIcon parent; 7054 GtkNumerableIconPrivate* priv; 7055 } 7056 7057 struct GtkNumerableIconClass 7058 { 7059 GEmblemedIconClass parentClass; 7060 void*[16] padding; 7061 } 7062 7063 struct GtkNumerableIconPrivate; 7064 7065 struct GtkOffscreenWindow 7066 { 7067 GtkWindow parentObject; 7068 } 7069 7070 struct GtkOffscreenWindowClass 7071 { 7072 /** 7073 * The parent class. 7074 */ 7075 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 7076 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7077 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7078 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7079 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7080 } 7081 7082 struct GtkOrientable; 7083 7084 struct GtkOrientableIface 7085 { 7086 GTypeInterface baseIface; 7087 } 7088 7089 struct GtkOverlay 7090 { 7091 GtkBin parent; 7092 GtkOverlayPrivate* priv; 7093 } 7094 7095 struct GtkOverlayClass 7096 { 7097 /** 7098 * The parent class. 7099 */ 7100 GtkBinClass parentClass; 7101 extern(C) int function(GtkOverlay* overlay, GtkWidget* widget, GtkAllocation* allocation) getChildPosition; 7102 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7103 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7104 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7105 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7106 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 7107 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 7108 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 7109 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 7110 } 7111 7112 struct GtkOverlayPrivate; 7113 7114 /** 7115 * See also gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges(). 7116 */ 7117 struct GtkPageRange 7118 { 7119 /** 7120 * start of page range. 7121 */ 7122 int start; 7123 /** 7124 * end of page range. 7125 */ 7126 int end; 7127 } 7128 7129 struct GtkPageSetup; 7130 7131 struct GtkPaned 7132 { 7133 GtkContainer container; 7134 GtkPanedPrivate* priv; 7135 } 7136 7137 struct GtkPanedAccessible 7138 { 7139 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7140 GtkPanedAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7141 } 7142 7143 struct GtkPanedAccessibleClass 7144 { 7145 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7146 } 7147 7148 struct GtkPanedAccessiblePrivate; 7149 7150 struct GtkPanedClass 7151 { 7152 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 7153 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned, int reverse) cycleChildFocus; 7154 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned) toggleHandleFocus; 7155 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned, GtkScrollType scroll) moveHandle; 7156 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned, int reverse) cycleHandleFocus; 7157 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned) acceptPosition; 7158 extern(C) int function(GtkPaned* paned) cancelPosition; 7159 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7160 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7161 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7162 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7163 } 7164 7165 struct GtkPanedPrivate; 7166 7167 struct GtkPaperSize; 7168 7169 struct GtkPlacesSidebar; 7170 7171 struct GtkPlacesSidebarClass; 7172 7173 struct GtkPlug 7174 { 7175 GtkWindow window; 7176 GtkPlugPrivate* priv; 7177 } 7178 7179 struct GtkPlugClass 7180 { 7181 GtkWindowClass parentClass; 7182 extern(C) void function(GtkPlug* plug) embedded; 7183 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7184 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7185 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7186 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7187 } 7188 7189 struct GtkPlugPrivate; 7190 7191 struct GtkPopover 7192 { 7193 GtkBin parentInstance; 7194 GtkPopoverPrivate* priv; 7195 } 7196 7197 struct GtkPopoverAccessible 7198 { 7199 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7200 } 7201 7202 struct GtkPopoverAccessibleClass 7203 { 7204 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7205 } 7206 7207 struct GtkPopoverClass 7208 { 7209 GtkBinClass parentClass; 7210 extern(C) void function(GtkPopover* popover) closed; 7211 void*[10] reserved; 7212 } 7213 7214 struct GtkPopoverMenu; 7215 7216 struct GtkPopoverMenuClass 7217 { 7218 GtkPopoverClass parentClass; 7219 void*[10] reserved; 7220 } 7221 7222 struct GtkPopoverPrivate; 7223 7224 struct GtkPrintContext; 7225 7226 struct GtkPrintOperation 7227 { 7228 GObject parentInstance; 7229 GtkPrintOperationPrivate* priv; 7230 } 7231 7232 struct GtkPrintOperationClass 7233 { 7234 /** 7235 * The parent class. 7236 */ 7237 GObjectClass parentClass; 7238 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintOperationResult result) done; 7239 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context) beginPrint; 7240 extern(C) int function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context) paginate; 7241 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context, int pageNr, GtkPageSetup* setup) requestPageSetup; 7242 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context, int pageNr) drawPage; 7243 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintContext* context) endPrint; 7244 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation) statusChanged; 7245 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkPrintOperation* operation) createCustomWidget; 7246 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkWidget* widget) customWidgetApply; 7247 extern(C) int function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, GtkPrintContext* context, GtkWindow* parent) preview; 7248 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperation* operation, GtkWidget* widget, GtkPageSetup* setup, GtkPrintSettings* settings) updateCustomWidget; 7249 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7250 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7251 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7252 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7253 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 7254 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 7255 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 7256 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 7257 } 7258 7259 struct GtkPrintOperationPreview; 7260 7261 struct GtkPrintOperationPreviewIface 7262 { 7263 GTypeInterface gIface; 7264 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, GtkPrintContext* context) ready; 7265 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, GtkPrintContext* context, GtkPageSetup* pageSetup) gotPageSize; 7266 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, int pageNr) renderPage; 7267 /** 7268 * 7269 * Params: 7270 * preview = a #GtkPrintOperationPreview 7271 * pageNr = a page number 7272 * Return: %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing 7273 */ 7274 extern(C) int function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview, int pageNr) isSelected; 7275 extern(C) void function(GtkPrintOperationPreview* preview) endPreview; 7276 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7277 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7278 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7279 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7280 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 7281 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 7282 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 7283 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 7284 } 7285 7286 struct GtkPrintOperationPrivate; 7287 7288 struct GtkPrintSettings; 7289 7290 struct GtkProgressBar 7291 { 7292 GtkWidget parent; 7293 GtkProgressBarPrivate* priv; 7294 } 7295 7296 struct GtkProgressBarAccessible 7297 { 7298 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 7299 GtkProgressBarAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7300 } 7301 7302 struct GtkProgressBarAccessibleClass 7303 { 7304 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 7305 } 7306 7307 struct GtkProgressBarAccessiblePrivate; 7308 7309 struct GtkProgressBarClass 7310 { 7311 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 7312 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7313 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7314 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7315 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7316 } 7317 7318 struct GtkProgressBarPrivate; 7319 7320 struct GtkRadioAction 7321 { 7322 GtkToggleAction parent; 7323 GtkRadioActionPrivate* privateData; 7324 } 7325 7326 struct GtkRadioActionClass 7327 { 7328 GtkToggleActionClass parentClass; 7329 extern(C) void function(GtkRadioAction* action, GtkRadioAction* current) changed; 7330 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7331 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7332 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7333 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7334 } 7335 7336 /** 7337 * #GtkRadioActionEntry structs are used with 7338 * gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions() to construct groups of radio actions. 7339 */ 7340 struct GtkRadioActionEntry 7341 { 7342 /** 7343 * The name of the action. 7344 */ 7345 const(char)* name; 7346 /** 7347 * The stock id for the action, or the name of an icon from the 7348 * icon theme. 7349 */ 7350 const(char)* stockId; 7351 /** 7352 * The label for the action. This field should typically be marked 7353 * for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 7354 */ 7355 const(char)* label; 7356 /** 7357 * The accelerator for the action, in the format understood by 7358 * gtk_accelerator_parse(). 7359 */ 7360 const(char)* accelerator; 7361 /** 7362 * The tooltip for the action. This field should typically be 7363 * marked for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 7364 */ 7365 const(char)* tooltip; 7366 /** 7367 * The value to set on the radio action. See 7368 * gtk_radio_action_get_current_value(). 7369 */ 7370 int value; 7371 } 7372 7373 struct GtkRadioActionPrivate; 7374 7375 struct GtkRadioButton 7376 { 7377 GtkCheckButton checkButton; 7378 GtkRadioButtonPrivate* priv; 7379 } 7380 7381 struct GtkRadioButtonAccessible 7382 { 7383 GtkToggleButtonAccessible parent; 7384 GtkRadioButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7385 } 7386 7387 struct GtkRadioButtonAccessibleClass 7388 { 7389 GtkToggleButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 7390 } 7391 7392 struct GtkRadioButtonAccessiblePrivate; 7393 7394 struct GtkRadioButtonClass 7395 { 7396 GtkCheckButtonClass parentClass; 7397 extern(C) void function(GtkRadioButton* radioButton) groupChanged; 7398 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7399 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7400 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7401 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7402 } 7403 7404 struct GtkRadioButtonPrivate; 7405 7406 struct GtkRadioMenuItem 7407 { 7408 GtkCheckMenuItem checkMenuItem; 7409 GtkRadioMenuItemPrivate* priv; 7410 } 7411 7412 struct GtkRadioMenuItemAccessible 7413 { 7414 GtkCheckMenuItemAccessible parent; 7415 GtkRadioMenuItemAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7416 } 7417 7418 struct GtkRadioMenuItemAccessibleClass 7419 { 7420 GtkCheckMenuItemAccessibleClass parentClass; 7421 } 7422 7423 struct GtkRadioMenuItemAccessiblePrivate; 7424 7425 struct GtkRadioMenuItemClass 7426 { 7427 GtkCheckMenuItemClass parentClass; 7428 extern(C) void function(GtkRadioMenuItem* radioMenuItem) groupChanged; 7429 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7430 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7431 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7432 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7433 } 7434 7435 struct GtkRadioMenuItemPrivate; 7436 7437 struct GtkRadioToolButton 7438 { 7439 GtkToggleToolButton parent; 7440 } 7441 7442 struct GtkRadioToolButtonClass 7443 { 7444 GtkToggleToolButtonClass parentClass; 7445 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7446 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7447 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7448 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7449 } 7450 7451 struct GtkRange 7452 { 7453 GtkWidget widget; 7454 GtkRangePrivate* priv; 7455 } 7456 7457 struct GtkRangeAccessible 7458 { 7459 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 7460 GtkRangeAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7461 } 7462 7463 struct GtkRangeAccessibleClass 7464 { 7465 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 7466 } 7467 7468 struct GtkRangeAccessiblePrivate; 7469 7470 struct GtkRangeClass 7471 { 7472 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 7473 char* sliderDetail; 7474 char* stepperDetail; 7475 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range) valueChanged; 7476 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range, double newValue) adjustBounds; 7477 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range, GtkScrollType scroll) moveSlider; 7478 extern(C) void function(GtkRange* range, GtkBorder* border) getRangeBorder; 7479 extern(C) int function(GtkRange* range, GtkScrollType scroll, double newValue) changeValue; 7480 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7481 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7482 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7483 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7484 } 7485 7486 struct GtkRangePrivate; 7487 7488 struct GtkRcContext; 7489 7490 /** 7491 * Deprecated 7492 */ 7493 struct GtkRcProperty 7494 { 7495 /** 7496 * quark-ified type identifier 7497 */ 7498 GQuark typeName; 7499 /** 7500 * quark-ified property identifier like 7501 * “GtkScrollbar::spacing” 7502 */ 7503 GQuark propertyName; 7504 /** 7505 * field similar to one found in #GtkSettingsValue 7506 */ 7507 char* origin; 7508 /** 7509 * field similar to one found in #GtkSettingsValue 7510 */ 7511 GValue value; 7512 } 7513 7514 struct GtkRcStyle 7515 { 7516 GObject parentInstance; 7517 /** 7518 * Name 7519 */ 7520 char* name; 7521 /** 7522 * Pixmap name 7523 */ 7524 char*[5] bgPixmapName; 7525 /** 7526 * A #PangoFontDescription 7527 */ 7528 PangoFontDescription* fontDesc; 7529 /** 7530 * #GtkRcFlags 7531 */ 7532 GtkRcFlags[5] colorFlags; 7533 /** 7534 * Foreground colors 7535 */ 7536 GdkColor[5] fg; 7537 /** 7538 * Background colors 7539 */ 7540 GdkColor[5] bg; 7541 /** 7542 * Text colors 7543 */ 7544 GdkColor[5] text; 7545 /** 7546 * Base colors 7547 */ 7548 GdkColor[5] base; 7549 /** 7550 * X thickness 7551 */ 7552 int xthickness; 7553 /** 7554 * Y thickness 7555 */ 7556 int ythickness; 7557 GArray* rcProperties; 7558 GSList* rcStyleLists; 7559 GSList* iconFactories; 7560 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 7561 mixin(bitfields!( 7562 uint, "engineSpecified", 1, 7563 uint, "", 31 7564 )); 7565 } 7566 7567 struct GtkRcStyleClass 7568 { 7569 /** 7570 * The parent class. 7571 */ 7572 GObjectClass parentClass; 7573 extern(C) GtkRcStyle* function(GtkRcStyle* rcStyle) createRcStyle; 7574 extern(C) uint function(GtkRcStyle* rcStyle, GtkSettings* settings, GScanner* scanner) parse; 7575 extern(C) void function(GtkRcStyle* dest, GtkRcStyle* src) merge; 7576 extern(C) GtkStyle* function(GtkRcStyle* rcStyle) createStyle; 7577 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7578 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7579 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7580 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7581 } 7582 7583 struct GtkRecentAction 7584 { 7585 GtkAction parentInstance; 7586 GtkRecentActionPrivate* priv; 7587 } 7588 7589 struct GtkRecentActionClass 7590 { 7591 GtkActionClass parentClass; 7592 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7593 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7594 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7595 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7596 } 7597 7598 struct GtkRecentActionPrivate; 7599 7600 struct GtkRecentChooser; 7601 7602 struct GtkRecentChooserDialog 7603 { 7604 GtkDialog parentInstance; 7605 GtkRecentChooserDialogPrivate* priv; 7606 } 7607 7608 struct GtkRecentChooserDialogClass 7609 { 7610 GtkDialogClass parentClass; 7611 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7612 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7613 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7614 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7615 } 7616 7617 struct GtkRecentChooserDialogPrivate; 7618 7619 struct GtkRecentChooserIface 7620 { 7621 GTypeInterface baseIface; 7622 /** 7623 * 7624 * Params: 7625 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 7626 * uri = a URI 7627 * Return: %TRUE if the URI was found. 7628 * 7629 * Throws: GException on failure. 7630 */ 7631 extern(C) int function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, const(char)* uri, GError** err) setCurrentUri; 7632 /** 7633 * 7634 * Params: 7635 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 7636 * Return: a newly allocated string holding a URI. 7637 */ 7638 extern(C) char* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) getCurrentUri; 7639 /** 7640 * 7641 * Params: 7642 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 7643 * uri = a URI 7644 * Return: %TRUE if @uri was found. 7645 * 7646 * Throws: GException on failure. 7647 */ 7648 extern(C) int function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, const(char)* uri, GError** err) selectUri; 7649 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, const(char)* uri) unselectUri; 7650 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) selectAll; 7651 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) unselectAll; 7652 /** 7653 * 7654 * Params: 7655 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 7656 * Return: A newly allocated 7657 * list of #GtkRecentInfo objects. You should 7658 * use gtk_recent_info_unref() on every item of the list, and then free 7659 * the list itself using g_list_free(). 7660 */ 7661 extern(C) GList* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) getItems; 7662 extern(C) GtkRecentManager* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) getRecentManager; 7663 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, GtkRecentFilter* filter) addFilter; 7664 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, GtkRecentFilter* filter) removeFilter; 7665 /** 7666 * 7667 * Params: 7668 * chooser = a #GtkRecentChooser 7669 * Return: A singly linked list 7670 * of #GtkRecentFilter objects. You 7671 * should just free the returned list using g_slist_free(). 7672 */ 7673 extern(C) GSList* function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) listFilters; 7674 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser, GtkRecentSortFunc sortFunc, void* sortData, GDestroyNotify dataDestroy) setSortFunc; 7675 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) itemActivated; 7676 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentChooser* chooser) selectionChanged; 7677 } 7678 7679 struct GtkRecentChooserMenu 7680 { 7681 GtkMenu parentInstance; 7682 GtkRecentChooserMenuPrivate* priv; 7683 } 7684 7685 struct GtkRecentChooserMenuClass 7686 { 7687 GtkMenuClass parentClass; 7688 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent1; 7689 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent2; 7690 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent3; 7691 extern(C) void function() gtkRecent4; 7692 } 7693 7694 struct GtkRecentChooserMenuPrivate; 7695 7696 struct GtkRecentChooserWidget 7697 { 7698 GtkBox parentInstance; 7699 GtkRecentChooserWidgetPrivate* priv; 7700 } 7701 7702 struct GtkRecentChooserWidgetClass 7703 { 7704 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 7705 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7706 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7707 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7708 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7709 } 7710 7711 struct GtkRecentChooserWidgetPrivate; 7712 7713 /** 7714 * Meta-data to be passed to gtk_recent_manager_add_full() when 7715 * registering a recently used resource. 7716 */ 7717 struct GtkRecentData 7718 { 7719 /** 7720 * a UTF-8 encoded string, containing the name of the recently 7721 * used resource to be displayed, or %NULL; 7722 */ 7723 char* displayName; 7724 /** 7725 * a UTF-8 encoded string, containing a short description of 7726 * the resource, or %NULL; 7727 */ 7728 char* description; 7729 /** 7730 * the MIME type of the resource; 7731 */ 7732 char* mimeType; 7733 /** 7734 * the name of the application that is registering this recently 7735 * used resource; 7736 */ 7737 char* appName; 7738 /** 7739 * command line used to launch this resource; may contain the 7740 * “%f” and “%u” escape characters which will be expanded 7741 * to the resource file path and URI respectively when the command line 7742 * is retrieved; 7743 */ 7744 char* appExec; 7745 /** 7746 * a vector of strings containing 7747 * groups names; 7748 */ 7749 char** groups; 7750 /** 7751 * whether this resource should be displayed only by the 7752 * applications that have registered it or not. 7753 */ 7754 bool isPrivate; 7755 } 7756 7757 struct GtkRecentFilter; 7758 7759 /** 7760 * A GtkRecentFilterInfo struct is used 7761 * to pass information about the tested file to gtk_recent_filter_filter(). 7762 */ 7763 struct GtkRecentFilterInfo 7764 { 7765 /** 7766 * #GtkRecentFilterFlags to indicate which fields are set. 7767 */ 7768 GtkRecentFilterFlags contains; 7769 /** 7770 * The URI of the file being tested. 7771 */ 7772 const(char)* uri; 7773 /** 7774 * The string that will be used to display 7775 * the file in the recent chooser. 7776 */ 7777 const(char)* displayName; 7778 /** 7779 * MIME type of the file. 7780 */ 7781 const(char)* mimeType; 7782 /** 7783 * The list of 7784 * applications that have registered the file. 7785 */ 7786 char** applications; 7787 /** 7788 * The groups to which 7789 * the file belongs to. 7790 */ 7791 char** groups; 7792 /** 7793 * The number of days elapsed since the file has been 7794 * registered. 7795 */ 7796 int age; 7797 } 7798 7799 struct GtkRecentInfo; 7800 7801 struct GtkRecentManager 7802 { 7803 GObject parentInstance; 7804 GtkRecentManagerPrivate* priv; 7805 } 7806 7807 /** 7808 * #GtkRecentManagerClass contains only private data. 7809 * 7810 * Since: 2.10 7811 */ 7812 struct GtkRecentManagerClass 7813 { 7814 GObjectClass parentClass; 7815 extern(C) void function(GtkRecentManager* manager) changed; 7816 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent1; 7817 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent2; 7818 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent3; 7819 extern(C) void function() GtkRecent4; 7820 } 7821 7822 struct GtkRecentManagerPrivate; 7823 7824 struct GtkRendererCellAccessible 7825 { 7826 GtkCellAccessible parent; 7827 GtkRendererCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7828 } 7829 7830 struct GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass 7831 { 7832 GtkCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 7833 } 7834 7835 struct GtkRendererCellAccessiblePrivate; 7836 7837 /** 7838 * Represents a request of a screen object in a given orientation. These 7839 * are primarily used in container implementations when allocating a natural 7840 * size for children calling. See gtk_distribute_natural_allocation(). 7841 */ 7842 struct GtkRequestedSize 7843 { 7844 /** 7845 * A client pointer 7846 */ 7847 void* data; 7848 /** 7849 * The minimum size needed for allocation in a given orientation 7850 */ 7851 int minimumSize; 7852 /** 7853 * The natural size for allocation in a given orientation 7854 */ 7855 int naturalSize; 7856 } 7857 7858 struct GtkRequisition 7859 { 7860 /** 7861 * the widget’s desired width 7862 */ 7863 int width; 7864 /** 7865 * the widget’s desired height 7866 */ 7867 int height; 7868 } 7869 7870 struct GtkRevealer 7871 { 7872 GtkBin parentInstance; 7873 } 7874 7875 struct GtkRevealerClass 7876 { 7877 /** 7878 * The parent class. 7879 */ 7880 GtkBinClass parentClass; 7881 } 7882 7883 struct GtkScale 7884 { 7885 GtkRange range; 7886 GtkScalePrivate* priv; 7887 } 7888 7889 struct GtkScaleAccessible 7890 { 7891 GtkRangeAccessible parent; 7892 GtkScaleAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7893 } 7894 7895 struct GtkScaleAccessibleClass 7896 { 7897 GtkRangeAccessibleClass parentClass; 7898 } 7899 7900 struct GtkScaleAccessiblePrivate; 7901 7902 struct GtkScaleButton 7903 { 7904 GtkButton parent; 7905 GtkScaleButtonPrivate* priv; 7906 } 7907 7908 struct GtkScaleButtonAccessible 7909 { 7910 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 7911 GtkScaleButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7912 } 7913 7914 struct GtkScaleButtonAccessibleClass 7915 { 7916 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 7917 } 7918 7919 struct GtkScaleButtonAccessiblePrivate; 7920 7921 struct GtkScaleButtonClass 7922 { 7923 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 7924 extern(C) void function(GtkScaleButton* button, double value) valueChanged; 7925 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7926 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7927 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7928 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7929 } 7930 7931 struct GtkScaleButtonPrivate; 7932 7933 struct GtkScaleClass 7934 { 7935 GtkRangeClass parentClass; 7936 extern(C) char* function(GtkScale* scale, double value) formatValue; 7937 extern(C) void function(GtkScale* scale) drawValue; 7938 extern(C) void function(GtkScale* scale, int* x, int* y) getLayoutOffsets; 7939 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7940 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7941 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7942 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7943 } 7944 7945 struct GtkScalePrivate; 7946 7947 struct GtkScrollable; 7948 7949 struct GtkScrollableInterface 7950 { 7951 GTypeInterface baseIface; 7952 /** 7953 * 7954 * Params: 7955 * scrollable = a #GtkScrollable 7956 * border = return location for the results 7957 * Return: %TRUE if @border has been set 7958 */ 7959 extern(C) int function(GtkScrollable* scrollable, GtkBorder* border) getBorder; 7960 } 7961 7962 struct GtkScrollbar 7963 { 7964 GtkRange range; 7965 } 7966 7967 struct GtkScrollbarClass 7968 { 7969 GtkRangeClass parentClass; 7970 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 7971 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 7972 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 7973 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 7974 } 7975 7976 struct GtkScrolledWindow 7977 { 7978 GtkBin container; 7979 GtkScrolledWindowPrivate* priv; 7980 } 7981 7982 struct GtkScrolledWindowAccessible 7983 { 7984 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 7985 GtkScrolledWindowAccessiblePrivate* priv; 7986 } 7987 7988 struct GtkScrolledWindowAccessibleClass 7989 { 7990 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 7991 } 7992 7993 struct GtkScrolledWindowAccessiblePrivate; 7994 7995 struct GtkScrolledWindowClass 7996 { 7997 /** 7998 * The parent class. 7999 */ 8000 GtkBinClass parentClass; 8001 int scrollbarSpacing; 8002 extern(C) int function(GtkScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow, GtkScrollType scroll, int horizontal) scrollChild; 8003 extern(C) void function(GtkScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow, GtkDirectionType direction) moveFocusOut; 8004 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8005 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8006 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8007 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8008 } 8009 8010 struct GtkScrolledWindowPrivate; 8011 8012 struct GtkSearchBar 8013 { 8014 GtkBin parent; 8015 } 8016 8017 struct GtkSearchBarClass 8018 { 8019 /** 8020 * The parent class. 8021 */ 8022 GtkBinClass parentClass; 8023 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8024 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8025 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8026 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8027 } 8028 8029 struct GtkSearchEntry 8030 { 8031 GtkEntry parent; 8032 } 8033 8034 struct GtkSearchEntryClass 8035 { 8036 GtkEntryClass parentClass; 8037 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) searchChanged; 8038 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) nextMatch; 8039 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) previousMatch; 8040 extern(C) void function(GtkSearchEntry* entry) stopSearch; 8041 } 8042 8043 struct GtkSelectionData; 8044 8045 struct GtkSeparator 8046 { 8047 GtkWidget widget; 8048 GtkSeparatorPrivate* priv; 8049 } 8050 8051 struct GtkSeparatorClass 8052 { 8053 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 8054 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8055 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8056 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8057 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8058 } 8059 8060 struct GtkSeparatorMenuItem 8061 { 8062 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 8063 } 8064 8065 struct GtkSeparatorMenuItemClass 8066 { 8067 /** 8068 * The parent class. 8069 */ 8070 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 8071 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8072 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8073 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8074 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8075 } 8076 8077 struct GtkSeparatorPrivate; 8078 8079 struct GtkSeparatorToolItem 8080 { 8081 GtkToolItem parent; 8082 GtkSeparatorToolItemPrivate* priv; 8083 } 8084 8085 struct GtkSeparatorToolItemClass 8086 { 8087 /** 8088 * The parent class. 8089 */ 8090 GtkToolItemClass parentClass; 8091 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8092 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8093 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8094 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8095 } 8096 8097 struct GtkSeparatorToolItemPrivate; 8098 8099 struct GtkSettings 8100 { 8101 GObject parentInstance; 8102 GtkSettingsPrivate* priv; 8103 } 8104 8105 struct GtkSettingsClass 8106 { 8107 GObjectClass parentClass; 8108 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8109 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8110 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8111 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8112 } 8113 8114 struct GtkSettingsPrivate; 8115 8116 struct GtkSettingsValue 8117 { 8118 /** 8119 * Origin should be something like “filename:linenumber” for 8120 * rc files, or e.g. “XProperty” for other sources. 8121 */ 8122 char* origin; 8123 /** 8124 * Valid types are LONG, DOUBLE and STRING corresponding to 8125 * the token parsed, or a GSTRING holding an unparsed statement 8126 */ 8127 GValue value; 8128 } 8129 8130 struct GtkSizeGroup 8131 { 8132 GObject parentInstance; 8133 GtkSizeGroupPrivate* priv; 8134 } 8135 8136 struct GtkSizeGroupClass 8137 { 8138 GObjectClass parentClass; 8139 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8140 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8141 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8142 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8143 } 8144 8145 struct GtkSizeGroupPrivate; 8146 8147 struct GtkSocket 8148 { 8149 GtkContainer container; 8150 GtkSocketPrivate* priv; 8151 } 8152 8153 struct GtkSocketClass 8154 { 8155 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 8156 extern(C) void function(GtkSocket* socket) plugAdded; 8157 extern(C) int function(GtkSocket* socket) plugRemoved; 8158 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8159 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8160 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8161 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8162 } 8163 8164 struct GtkSocketPrivate; 8165 8166 struct GtkSpinButton 8167 { 8168 GtkEntry entry; 8169 GtkSpinButtonPrivate* priv; 8170 } 8171 8172 struct GtkSpinButtonAccessible 8173 { 8174 GtkEntryAccessible parent; 8175 GtkSpinButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8176 } 8177 8178 struct GtkSpinButtonAccessibleClass 8179 { 8180 GtkEntryAccessibleClass parentClass; 8181 } 8182 8183 struct GtkSpinButtonAccessiblePrivate; 8184 8185 struct GtkSpinButtonClass 8186 { 8187 GtkEntryClass parentClass; 8188 extern(C) int function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton, double* newValue) input; 8189 extern(C) int function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton) output; 8190 extern(C) void function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton) valueChanged; 8191 extern(C) void function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton, GtkScrollType scroll) changeValue; 8192 extern(C) void function(GtkSpinButton* spinButton) wrapped; 8193 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8194 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8196 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8197 } 8198 8199 struct GtkSpinButtonPrivate; 8200 8201 struct GtkSpinner 8202 { 8203 GtkWidget parent; 8204 GtkSpinnerPrivate* priv; 8205 } 8206 8207 struct GtkSpinnerAccessible 8208 { 8209 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 8210 GtkSpinnerAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8211 } 8212 8213 struct GtkSpinnerAccessibleClass 8214 { 8215 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 8216 } 8217 8218 struct GtkSpinnerAccessiblePrivate; 8219 8220 struct GtkSpinnerClass 8221 { 8222 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 8223 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8224 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8225 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8226 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8227 } 8228 8229 struct GtkSpinnerPrivate; 8230 8231 struct GtkStack 8232 { 8233 GtkContainer parentInstance; 8234 } 8235 8236 struct GtkStackClass 8237 { 8238 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 8239 } 8240 8241 struct GtkStackSidebar 8242 { 8243 GtkBin parent; 8244 } 8245 8246 struct GtkStackSidebarClass 8247 { 8248 GtkBinClass parentClass; 8249 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8250 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8251 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8252 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8253 } 8254 8255 struct GtkStackSidebarPrivate; 8256 8257 struct GtkStackSwitcher 8258 { 8259 GtkBox widget; 8260 } 8261 8262 struct GtkStackSwitcherClass 8263 { 8264 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 8265 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8266 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8267 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8268 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8269 } 8270 8271 struct GtkStatusIcon 8272 { 8273 GObject parentInstance; 8274 GtkStatusIconPrivate* priv; 8275 } 8276 8277 struct GtkStatusIconClass 8278 { 8279 GObjectClass parentClass; 8280 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon) activate; 8281 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, uint button, uint activateTime) popupMenu; 8282 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, int size) sizeChanged; 8283 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, GdkEventButton* event) buttonPressEvent; 8284 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, GdkEventButton* event) buttonReleaseEvent; 8285 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, GdkEventScroll* event) scrollEvent; 8286 extern(C) int function(GtkStatusIcon* statusIcon, int x, int y, int keyboardMode, GtkTooltip* tooltip) queryTooltip; 8287 void* GtkReserved1; 8288 void* GtkReserved2; 8289 void* GtkReserved3; 8290 void* GtkReserved4; 8291 } 8292 8293 struct GtkStatusIconPrivate; 8294 8295 struct GtkStatusbar 8296 { 8297 GtkBox parentWidget; 8298 GtkStatusbarPrivate* priv; 8299 } 8300 8301 struct GtkStatusbarAccessible 8302 { 8303 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 8304 GtkStatusbarAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8305 } 8306 8307 struct GtkStatusbarAccessibleClass 8308 { 8309 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 8310 } 8311 8312 struct GtkStatusbarAccessiblePrivate; 8313 8314 struct GtkStatusbarClass 8315 { 8316 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 8317 void* reserved; 8318 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusbar* statusbar, uint contextId, const(char)* text) textPushed; 8319 extern(C) void function(GtkStatusbar* statusbar, uint contextId, const(char)* text) textPopped; 8320 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8321 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8322 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8323 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8324 } 8325 8326 struct GtkStatusbarPrivate; 8327 8328 struct GtkStockItem 8329 { 8330 /** 8331 * Identifier. 8332 */ 8333 char* stockId; 8334 /** 8335 * User visible label. 8336 */ 8337 char* label; 8338 /** 8339 * Modifier type for keyboard accelerator 8340 */ 8341 GdkModifierType modifier; 8342 /** 8343 * Keyboard accelerator 8344 */ 8345 uint keyval; 8346 /** 8347 * Translation domain of the menu or toolbar item 8348 */ 8349 char* translationDomain; 8350 } 8351 8352 struct GtkStyle 8353 { 8354 GObject parentInstance; 8355 /** 8356 * Set of foreground #GdkColor 8357 */ 8358 GdkColor[5] fg; 8359 /** 8360 * Set of background #GdkColor 8361 */ 8362 GdkColor[5] bg; 8363 /** 8364 * Set of light #GdkColor 8365 */ 8366 GdkColor[5] light; 8367 /** 8368 * Set of dark #GdkColor 8369 */ 8370 GdkColor[5] dark; 8371 /** 8372 * Set of mid #GdkColor 8373 */ 8374 GdkColor[5] mid; 8375 /** 8376 * Set of text #GdkColor 8377 */ 8378 GdkColor[5] text; 8379 /** 8380 * Set of base #GdkColor 8381 */ 8382 GdkColor[5] base; 8383 /** 8384 * Color halfway between text/base 8385 */ 8386 GdkColor[5] textAa; 8387 /** 8388 * #GdkColor to use for black 8389 */ 8390 GdkColor black; 8391 /** 8392 * #GdkColor to use for white 8393 */ 8394 GdkColor white; 8395 /** 8396 * #PangoFontDescription 8397 */ 8398 PangoFontDescription* fontDesc; 8399 /** 8400 * Thickness in X direction 8401 */ 8402 int xthickness; 8403 /** 8404 * Thickness in Y direction 8405 */ 8406 int ythickness; 8407 /** 8408 * Set of background #cairo_pattern_t 8409 */ 8410 cairo_pattern_t*[5] background; 8411 int attachCount; 8412 GdkVisual* visual; 8413 PangoFontDescription* privateFontDesc; 8414 GtkRcStyle* rcStyle; 8415 GSList* styles; 8416 GArray* propertyCache; 8417 GSList* iconFactories; 8418 } 8419 8420 struct GtkStyleClass 8421 { 8422 /** 8423 * The parent class. 8424 */ 8425 GObjectClass parentClass; 8426 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style) realize; 8427 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style) unrealize; 8428 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, GtkStyle* src) copy; 8429 extern(C) GtkStyle* function(GtkStyle* style) clone; 8430 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, GtkRcStyle* rcStyle) initFromRc; 8431 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, GdkWindow* window, GtkStateType stateType) setBackground; 8432 /** 8433 * 8434 * Params: 8435 * style = a #GtkStyle 8436 * source = the #GtkIconSource specifying the icon to render 8437 * direction = a text direction 8438 * state = a state 8439 * size = the size to render the icon at. A size of 8440 * (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and 8441 * don’t scale. 8442 * widget = the widget 8443 * detail = a style detail 8444 * Return: a newly-created #GdkPixbuf 8445 * containing the rendered icon 8446 */ 8447 extern(C) GdkPixbuf* function(GtkStyle* style, GtkIconSource* source, GtkTextDirection direction, GtkStateType state, GtkIconSize size, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail) renderIcon; 8448 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x1, int x2, int y) drawHline; 8449 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int y1, int y2, int x) drawVline; 8450 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawShadow; 8451 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, GtkArrowType arrowType, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawArrow; 8452 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawDiamond; 8453 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawBox; 8454 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawFlatBox; 8455 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawCheck; 8456 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawOption; 8457 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawTab; 8458 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkPositionType gapSide, int gapX, int gapWidth) drawShadowGap; 8459 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkPositionType gapSide, int gapX, int gapWidth) drawBoxGap; 8460 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkPositionType gapSide) drawExtension; 8461 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawFocus; 8462 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkOrientation orientation) drawSlider; 8463 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkShadowType shadowType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, int width, int height, GtkOrientation orientation) drawHandle; 8464 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, GtkExpanderStyle expanderStyle) drawExpander; 8465 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, int useText, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, int x, int y, PangoLayout* layout) drawLayout; 8466 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, GdkWindowEdge edge, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawResizeGrip; 8467 extern(C) void function(GtkStyle* style, cairo_t* cr, GtkStateType stateType, GtkWidget* widget, const(char)* detail, uint step, int x, int y, int width, int height) drawSpinner; 8468 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8469 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8470 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8471 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8472 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 8473 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 8474 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 8475 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 8476 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved9; 8477 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved10; 8478 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved11; 8479 } 8480 8481 struct GtkStyleContext 8482 { 8483 GObject parentObject; 8484 GtkStyleContextPrivate* priv; 8485 } 8486 8487 struct GtkStyleContextClass 8488 { 8489 GObjectClass parentClass; 8490 extern(C) void function(GtkStyleContext* context) changed; 8491 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8492 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8493 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8494 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8495 } 8496 8497 struct GtkStyleContextPrivate; 8498 8499 struct GtkStyleProperties 8500 { 8501 GObject parentObject; 8502 GtkStylePropertiesPrivate* priv; 8503 } 8504 8505 struct GtkStylePropertiesClass 8506 { 8507 GObjectClass parentClass; 8508 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8509 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8510 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8511 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8512 } 8513 8514 struct GtkStylePropertiesPrivate; 8515 8516 struct GtkStyleProvider; 8517 8518 struct GtkStyleProviderIface 8519 { 8520 GTypeInterface gIface; 8521 /** 8522 * 8523 * Params: 8524 * provider = a #GtkStyleProvider 8525 * path = #GtkWidgetPath to query 8526 * Return: a #GtkStyleProperties containing the 8527 * style settings affecting @path 8528 */ 8529 extern(C) GtkStyleProperties* function(GtkStyleProvider* provider, GtkWidgetPath* path) getStyle; 8530 /** 8531 * 8532 * Params: 8533 * provider = a #GtkStyleProvider 8534 * path = #GtkWidgetPath to query 8535 * state = state to query the style property for 8536 * pspec = The #GParamSpec to query 8537 * value = return location for the property value 8538 * Return: %TRUE if the property was found and has a value, %FALSE otherwise 8539 */ 8540 extern(C) int function(GtkStyleProvider* provider, GtkWidgetPath* path, GtkStateFlags state, GParamSpec* pspec, GValue* value) getStyleProperty; 8541 /** 8542 * 8543 * Params: 8544 * provider = a #GtkStyleProvider 8545 * path = #GtkWidgetPath to query 8546 * Return: The icon factory to use for @path, or %NULL 8547 */ 8548 extern(C) GtkIconFactory* function(GtkStyleProvider* provider, GtkWidgetPath* path) getIconFactory; 8549 } 8550 8551 struct GtkSwitch 8552 { 8553 GtkWidget parentInstance; 8554 GtkSwitchPrivate* priv; 8555 } 8556 8557 struct GtkSwitchAccessible 8558 { 8559 GtkWidgetAccessible parent; 8560 GtkSwitchAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8561 } 8562 8563 struct GtkSwitchAccessibleClass 8564 { 8565 GtkWidgetAccessibleClass parentClass; 8566 } 8567 8568 struct GtkSwitchAccessiblePrivate; 8569 8570 struct GtkSwitchClass 8571 { 8572 /** 8573 * The parent class. 8574 */ 8575 GtkWidgetClass parentClass; 8576 extern(C) void function(GtkSwitch* sw) activate; 8577 extern(C) int function(GtkSwitch* sw, int state) stateSet; 8578 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding1; 8579 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding2; 8580 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding3; 8581 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding4; 8582 extern(C) void function() SwitchPadding5; 8583 } 8584 8585 struct GtkSwitchPrivate; 8586 8587 struct GtkSymbolicColor; 8588 8589 struct GtkTable 8590 { 8591 GtkContainer container; 8592 GtkTablePrivate* priv; 8593 } 8594 8595 struct GtkTableChild 8596 { 8597 GtkWidget* widget; 8598 ushort leftAttach; 8599 ushort rightAttach; 8600 ushort topAttach; 8601 ushort bottomAttach; 8602 ushort xpadding; 8603 ushort ypadding; 8604 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 8605 mixin(bitfields!( 8606 uint, "xexpand", 1, 8607 uint, "yexpand", 1, 8608 uint, "xshrink", 1, 8609 uint, "yshrink", 1, 8610 uint, "xfill", 1, 8611 uint, "yfill", 1, 8612 uint, "", 26 8613 )); 8614 } 8615 8616 struct GtkTableClass 8617 { 8618 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 8619 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8620 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8621 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8622 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8623 } 8624 8625 struct GtkTablePrivate; 8626 8627 struct GtkTableRowCol 8628 { 8629 ushort requisition; 8630 ushort allocation; 8631 ushort spacing; 8632 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 8633 mixin(bitfields!( 8634 uint, "needExpand", 1, 8635 uint, "needShrink", 1, 8636 uint, "expand", 1, 8637 uint, "shrink", 1, 8638 uint, "empty", 1, 8639 uint, "", 27 8640 )); 8641 } 8642 8643 struct GtkTargetEntry 8644 { 8645 /** 8646 * a string representation of the target type 8647 */ 8648 char* target; 8649 /** 8650 * #GtkTargetFlags for DND 8651 */ 8652 uint flags; 8653 /** 8654 * an application-assigned integer ID which will 8655 * get passed as a parameter to e.g the #GtkWidget::selection-get 8656 * signal. It allows the application to identify the target 8657 * type without extensive string compares. 8658 */ 8659 uint info; 8660 } 8661 8662 struct GtkTargetList; 8663 8664 /** 8665 * A #GtkTargetPair is used to represent the same 8666 * information as a table of #GtkTargetEntry, but in 8667 * an efficient form. 8668 */ 8669 struct GtkTargetPair 8670 { 8671 /** 8672 * #GdkAtom representation of the target type 8673 */ 8674 GdkAtom target; 8675 /** 8676 * #GtkTargetFlags for DND 8677 */ 8678 uint flags; 8679 /** 8680 * an application-assigned integer ID which will 8681 * get passed as a parameter to e.g the #GtkWidget::selection-get 8682 * signal. It allows the application to identify the target 8683 * type without extensive string compares. 8684 */ 8685 uint info; 8686 } 8687 8688 struct GtkTearoffMenuItem 8689 { 8690 GtkMenuItem menuItem; 8691 GtkTearoffMenuItemPrivate* priv; 8692 } 8693 8694 struct GtkTearoffMenuItemClass 8695 { 8696 /** 8697 * The parent class. 8698 */ 8699 GtkMenuItemClass parentClass; 8700 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8701 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8702 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8703 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8704 } 8705 8706 struct GtkTearoffMenuItemPrivate; 8707 8708 struct GtkTextAppearance 8709 { 8710 /** 8711 * Background #GdkColor. 8712 */ 8713 GdkColor bgColor; 8714 /** 8715 * Foreground #GdkColor. 8716 */ 8717 GdkColor fgColor; 8718 /** 8719 * Super/subscript rise, can be negative. 8720 */ 8721 int rise; 8722 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 8723 mixin(bitfields!( 8724 uint, "underline", 4, 8725 uint, "strikethrough", 1, 8726 uint, "drawBg", 1, 8727 uint, "insideSelection", 1, 8728 uint, "isText", 1, 8729 uint, "", 24 8730 )); 8731 union 8732 { 8733 GdkRGBA*[2] rgba; 8734 uint[4] padding; 8735 } 8736 } 8737 8738 struct GtkTextAttributes 8739 { 8740 uint refcount; 8741 /** 8742 * #GtkTextAppearance for text. 8743 */ 8744 GtkTextAppearance appearance; 8745 /** 8746 * #GtkJustification for text. 8747 */ 8748 GtkJustification justification; 8749 /** 8750 * #GtkTextDirection for text. 8751 */ 8752 GtkTextDirection direction; 8753 /** 8754 * #PangoFontDescription for text. 8755 */ 8756 PangoFontDescription* font; 8757 /** 8758 * Font scale factor. 8759 */ 8760 double fontScale; 8761 /** 8762 * Width of the left margin in pixels. 8763 */ 8764 int leftMargin; 8765 /** 8766 * Width of the right margin in pixels. 8767 */ 8768 int rightMargin; 8769 /** 8770 * Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels. 8771 */ 8772 int indent; 8773 /** 8774 * Pixels of blank space above paragraphs. 8775 */ 8776 int pixelsAboveLines; 8777 /** 8778 * Pixels of blank space below paragraphs. 8779 */ 8780 int pixelsBelowLines; 8781 /** 8782 * Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in 8783 * a paragraph. 8784 */ 8785 int pixelsInsideWrap; 8786 /** 8787 * Custom #PangoTabArray for this text. 8788 */ 8789 PangoTabArray* tabs; 8790 /** 8791 * #GtkWrapMode for text. 8792 */ 8793 GtkWrapMode wrapMode; 8794 /** 8795 * #PangoLanguage for text. 8796 */ 8797 PangoLanguage* language; 8798 GdkColor* pgBgColor; 8799 import std.bitmanip: bitfields; 8800 mixin(bitfields!( 8801 uint, "invisible", 1, 8802 uint, "bgFullHeight", 1, 8803 uint, "editable", 1, 8804 uint, "noFallback", 1, 8805 uint, "", 28 8806 )); 8807 GdkRGBA* pgBgRgba; 8808 /** 8809 * Extra space to insert between graphemes, in Pango units 8810 */ 8811 int letterSpacing; 8812 union 8813 { 8814 char* fontFeatures; 8815 uint[2] padding; 8816 } 8817 } 8818 8819 struct GtkTextBTree; 8820 8821 struct GtkTextBuffer 8822 { 8823 GObject parentInstance; 8824 GtkTextBufferPrivate* priv; 8825 } 8826 8827 struct GtkTextBufferClass 8828 { 8829 /** 8830 * The object class structure needs to be the first. 8831 */ 8832 GObjectClass parentClass; 8833 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* pos, const(char)* newText, int newTextLength) insertText; 8834 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* iter, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf) insertPixbuf; 8835 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* iter, GtkTextChildAnchor* anchor) insertChildAnchor; 8836 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) deleteRange; 8837 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) changed; 8838 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) modifiedChanged; 8839 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextIter* location, GtkTextMark* mark) markSet; 8840 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextMark* mark) markDeleted; 8841 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextTag* tag, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) applyTag; 8842 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkTextTag* tag, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) removeTag; 8843 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) beginUserAction; 8844 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer) endUserAction; 8845 extern(C) void function(GtkTextBuffer* buffer, GtkClipboard* clipboard) pasteDone; 8846 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8847 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8848 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8849 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8850 } 8851 8852 struct GtkTextBufferPrivate; 8853 8854 struct GtkTextCellAccessible 8855 { 8856 GtkRendererCellAccessible parent; 8857 GtkTextCellAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8858 } 8859 8860 struct GtkTextCellAccessibleClass 8861 { 8862 GtkRendererCellAccessibleClass parentClass; 8863 } 8864 8865 struct GtkTextCellAccessiblePrivate; 8866 8867 struct GtkTextChildAnchor 8868 { 8869 GObject parentInstance; 8870 void* segment; 8871 } 8872 8873 struct GtkTextChildAnchorClass 8874 { 8875 GObjectClass parentClass; 8876 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8877 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8878 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8879 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8880 } 8881 8882 struct GtkTextIter 8883 { 8884 void* dummy1; 8885 void* dummy2; 8886 int dummy3; 8887 int dummy4; 8888 int dummy5; 8889 int dummy6; 8890 int dummy7; 8891 int dummy8; 8892 void* dummy9; 8893 void* dummy10; 8894 int dummy11; 8895 int dummy12; 8896 int dummy13; 8897 void* dummy14; 8898 } 8899 8900 struct GtkTextMark 8901 { 8902 GObject parentInstance; 8903 void* segment; 8904 } 8905 8906 struct GtkTextMarkClass 8907 { 8908 GObjectClass parentClass; 8909 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8910 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8911 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8912 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8913 } 8914 8915 struct GtkTextTag 8916 { 8917 GObject parentInstance; 8918 GtkTextTagPrivate* priv; 8919 } 8920 8921 struct GtkTextTagClass 8922 { 8923 GObjectClass parentClass; 8924 /** 8925 * 8926 * Params: 8927 * tag = a #GtkTextTag 8928 * eventObject = object that received the event, such as a widget 8929 * event = the event 8930 * iter = location where the event was received 8931 * Return: result of signal emission (whether the event was handled) 8932 */ 8933 extern(C) int function(GtkTextTag* tag, GObject* eventObject, GdkEvent* event, GtkTextIter* iter) event; 8934 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8935 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8936 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8937 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8938 } 8939 8940 struct GtkTextTagPrivate; 8941 8942 struct GtkTextTagTable 8943 { 8944 GObject parentInstance; 8945 GtkTextTagTablePrivate* priv; 8946 } 8947 8948 struct GtkTextTagTableClass 8949 { 8950 GObjectClass parentClass; 8951 extern(C) void function(GtkTextTagTable* table, GtkTextTag* tag, int sizeChanged) tagChanged; 8952 extern(C) void function(GtkTextTagTable* table, GtkTextTag* tag) tagAdded; 8953 extern(C) void function(GtkTextTagTable* table, GtkTextTag* tag) tagRemoved; 8954 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 8955 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 8956 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 8957 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 8958 } 8959 8960 struct GtkTextTagTablePrivate; 8961 8962 struct GtkTextView 8963 { 8964 GtkContainer parentInstance; 8965 GtkTextViewPrivate* priv; 8966 } 8967 8968 struct GtkTextViewAccessible 8969 { 8970 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 8971 GtkTextViewAccessiblePrivate* priv; 8972 } 8973 8974 struct GtkTextViewAccessibleClass 8975 { 8976 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 8977 } 8978 8979 struct GtkTextViewAccessiblePrivate; 8980 8981 struct GtkTextViewClass 8982 { 8983 /** 8984 * The object class structure needs to be the first 8985 */ 8986 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 8987 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkWidget* popup) populatePopup; 8988 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkMovementStep step, int count, int extendSelection) moveCursor; 8989 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) setAnchor; 8990 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, const(char)* str) insertAtCursor; 8991 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkDeleteType type, int count) deleteFromCursor; 8992 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) backspace; 8993 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) cutClipboard; 8994 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) copyClipboard; 8995 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) pasteClipboard; 8996 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView) toggleOverwrite; 8997 extern(C) GtkTextBuffer* function(GtkTextView* textView) createBuffer; 8998 extern(C) void function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkTextViewLayer layer, cairo_t* cr) drawLayer; 8999 extern(C) int function(GtkTextView* textView, GtkTextExtendSelection granularity, GtkTextIter* location, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end) extendSelection; 9000 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9001 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9002 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9003 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9004 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 9005 } 9006 9007 struct GtkTextViewPrivate; 9008 9009 struct GtkThemeEngine; 9010 9011 struct GtkThemingEngine 9012 { 9013 GObject parentObject; 9014 GtkThemingEnginePrivate* priv; 9015 } 9016 9017 /** 9018 * Base class for theming engines. 9019 */ 9020 struct GtkThemingEngineClass 9021 { 9022 /** 9023 * The parent class. 9024 */ 9025 GObjectClass parentClass; 9026 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x0, double y0, double x1, double y1) renderLine; 9027 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderBackground; 9028 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderFrame; 9029 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height, GtkPositionType gapSide, double xy0Gap, double xy1Gap) renderFrameGap; 9030 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height, GtkPositionType gapSide) renderExtension; 9031 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderCheck; 9032 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderOption; 9033 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double angle, double x, double y, double size) renderArrow; 9034 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderExpander; 9035 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderFocus; 9036 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, PangoLayout* layout) renderLayout; 9037 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height, GtkOrientation orientation) renderSlider; 9038 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderHandle; 9039 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, double x, double y, double width, double height) renderActivity; 9040 extern(C) GdkPixbuf* function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, GtkIconSource* source, GtkIconSize size) renderIconPixbuf; 9041 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, double x, double y) renderIcon; 9042 extern(C) void function(GtkThemingEngine* engine, cairo_t* cr, cairo_surface_t* surface, double x, double y) renderIconSurface; 9043 void*[14] padding; 9044 } 9045 9046 struct GtkThemingEnginePrivate; 9047 9048 struct GtkToggleAction 9049 { 9050 GtkAction parent; 9051 GtkToggleActionPrivate* privateData; 9052 } 9053 9054 struct GtkToggleActionClass 9055 { 9056 GtkActionClass parentClass; 9057 extern(C) void function(GtkToggleAction* action) toggled; 9058 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9059 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9060 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9061 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9062 } 9063 9064 /** 9065 * #GtkToggleActionEntry structs are used with 9066 * gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions() to construct toggle actions. 9067 */ 9068 struct GtkToggleActionEntry 9069 { 9070 /** 9071 * The name of the action. 9072 */ 9073 const(char)* name; 9074 /** 9075 * The stock id for the action, or the name of an icon from the 9076 * icon theme. 9077 */ 9078 const(char)* stockId; 9079 /** 9080 * The label for the action. This field should typically be marked 9081 * for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 9082 */ 9083 const(char)* label; 9084 /** 9085 * The accelerator for the action, in the format understood by 9086 * gtk_accelerator_parse(). 9087 */ 9088 const(char)* accelerator; 9089 /** 9090 * The tooltip for the action. This field should typically be 9091 * marked for translation, see gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). 9092 */ 9093 const(char)* tooltip; 9094 /** 9095 * The function to call when the action is activated. 9096 */ 9097 GCallback callback; 9098 /** 9099 * The initial state of the toggle action. 9100 */ 9101 bool isActive; 9102 } 9103 9104 struct GtkToggleActionPrivate; 9105 9106 struct GtkToggleButton 9107 { 9108 GtkButton button; 9109 GtkToggleButtonPrivate* priv; 9110 } 9111 9112 struct GtkToggleButtonAccessible 9113 { 9114 GtkButtonAccessible parent; 9115 GtkToggleButtonAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9116 } 9117 9118 struct GtkToggleButtonAccessibleClass 9119 { 9120 GtkButtonAccessibleClass parentClass; 9121 } 9122 9123 struct GtkToggleButtonAccessiblePrivate; 9124 9125 struct GtkToggleButtonClass 9126 { 9127 GtkButtonClass parentClass; 9128 extern(C) void function(GtkToggleButton* toggleButton) toggled; 9129 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9130 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9131 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9132 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9133 } 9134 9135 struct GtkToggleButtonPrivate; 9136 9137 struct GtkToggleToolButton 9138 { 9139 GtkToolButton parent; 9140 GtkToggleToolButtonPrivate* priv; 9141 } 9142 9143 struct GtkToggleToolButtonClass 9144 { 9145 /** 9146 * The parent class. 9147 */ 9148 GtkToolButtonClass parentClass; 9149 extern(C) void function(GtkToggleToolButton* button) toggled; 9150 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9151 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9152 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9153 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9154 } 9155 9156 struct GtkToggleToolButtonPrivate; 9157 9158 struct GtkToolButton 9159 { 9160 GtkToolItem parent; 9161 GtkToolButtonPrivate* priv; 9162 } 9163 9164 struct GtkToolButtonClass 9165 { 9166 /** 9167 * The parent class. 9168 */ 9169 GtkToolItemClass parentClass; 9170 GType buttonType; 9171 extern(C) void function(GtkToolButton* toolItem) clicked; 9172 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9173 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9174 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9175 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9176 } 9177 9178 struct GtkToolButtonPrivate; 9179 9180 struct GtkToolItem 9181 { 9182 GtkBin parent; 9183 GtkToolItemPrivate* priv; 9184 } 9185 9186 struct GtkToolItemClass 9187 { 9188 /** 9189 * The parent class. 9190 */ 9191 GtkBinClass parentClass; 9192 extern(C) int function(GtkToolItem* toolItem) createMenuProxy; 9193 extern(C) void function(GtkToolItem* toolItem) toolbarReconfigured; 9194 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9195 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9196 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9197 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9198 } 9199 9200 struct GtkToolItemGroup 9201 { 9202 GtkContainer parentInstance; 9203 GtkToolItemGroupPrivate* priv; 9204 } 9205 9206 struct GtkToolItemGroupClass 9207 { 9208 /** 9209 * The parent class. 9210 */ 9211 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 9212 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9213 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9214 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9215 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9216 } 9217 9218 struct GtkToolItemGroupPrivate; 9219 9220 struct GtkToolItemPrivate; 9221 9222 struct GtkToolPalette 9223 { 9224 GtkContainer parentInstance; 9225 GtkToolPalettePrivate* priv; 9226 } 9227 9228 struct GtkToolPaletteClass 9229 { 9230 /** 9231 * The parent class. 9232 */ 9233 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 9234 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9235 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9236 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9237 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9238 } 9239 9240 struct GtkToolPalettePrivate; 9241 9242 struct GtkToolShell; 9243 9244 /** 9245 * Virtual function table for the #GtkToolShell interface. 9246 */ 9247 struct GtkToolShellIface 9248 { 9249 GTypeInterface gIface; 9250 extern(C) GtkIconSize function(GtkToolShell* shell) getIconSize; 9251 /** 9252 * 9253 * Params: 9254 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 9255 * Return: the current orientation of @shell 9256 */ 9257 extern(C) GtkOrientation function(GtkToolShell* shell) getOrientation; 9258 /** 9259 * 9260 * Params: 9261 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 9262 * Return: the current style of @shell 9263 */ 9264 extern(C) GtkToolbarStyle function(GtkToolShell* shell) getStyle; 9265 /** 9266 * 9267 * Params: 9268 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 9269 * Return: The relief style of buttons on @shell. 9270 */ 9271 extern(C) GtkReliefStyle function(GtkToolShell* shell) getReliefStyle; 9272 extern(C) void function(GtkToolShell* shell) rebuildMenu; 9273 /** 9274 * 9275 * Params: 9276 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 9277 * Return: the current text orientation of @shell 9278 */ 9279 extern(C) GtkOrientation function(GtkToolShell* shell) getTextOrientation; 9280 /** 9281 * 9282 * Params: 9283 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 9284 * Return: the current text alignment of @shell 9285 */ 9286 extern(C) float function(GtkToolShell* shell) getTextAlignment; 9287 /** 9288 * 9289 * Params: 9290 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 9291 * Return: the current ellipsize mode of @shell 9292 */ 9293 extern(C) PangoEllipsizeMode function(GtkToolShell* shell) getEllipsizeMode; 9294 /** 9295 * 9296 * Params: 9297 * shell = a #GtkToolShell 9298 * Return: the current text size group of @shell 9299 */ 9300 extern(C) GtkSizeGroup* function(GtkToolShell* shell) getTextSizeGroup; 9301 } 9302 9303 struct GtkToolbar 9304 { 9305 GtkContainer container; 9306 GtkToolbarPrivate* priv; 9307 } 9308 9309 struct GtkToolbarClass 9310 { 9311 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 9312 extern(C) void function(GtkToolbar* toolbar, GtkOrientation orientation) orientationChanged; 9313 extern(C) void function(GtkToolbar* toolbar, GtkToolbarStyle style) styleChanged; 9314 extern(C) int function(GtkToolbar* toolbar, int x, int y, int buttonNumber) popupContextMenu; 9315 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9316 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9317 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9318 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9319 } 9320 9321 struct GtkToolbarPrivate; 9322 9323 struct GtkTooltip; 9324 9325 struct GtkToplevelAccessible 9326 { 9327 AtkObject parent; 9328 GtkToplevelAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9329 } 9330 9331 struct GtkToplevelAccessibleClass 9332 { 9333 AtkObjectClass parentClass; 9334 } 9335 9336 struct GtkToplevelAccessiblePrivate; 9337 9338 struct GtkTreeDragDest; 9339 9340 struct GtkTreeDragDestIface 9341 { 9342 GTypeInterface gIface; 9343 /** 9344 * 9345 * Params: 9346 * dragDest = a #GtkTreeDragDest 9347 * dest = row to drop in front of 9348 * selectionData = data to drop 9349 * Return: whether a new row was created before position @dest 9350 */ 9351 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragDest* dragDest, GtkTreePath* dest, GtkSelectionData* selectionData) dragDataReceived; 9352 /** 9353 * 9354 * Params: 9355 * dragDest = a #GtkTreeDragDest 9356 * destPath = destination row 9357 * selectionData = the data being dragged 9358 * Return: %TRUE if a drop is possible before @dest_path 9359 */ 9360 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragDest* dragDest, GtkTreePath* destPath, GtkSelectionData* selectionData) rowDropPossible; 9361 } 9362 9363 struct GtkTreeDragSource; 9364 9365 struct GtkTreeDragSourceIface 9366 { 9367 GTypeInterface gIface; 9368 /** 9369 * 9370 * Params: 9371 * dragSource = a #GtkTreeDragSource 9372 * path = row on which user is initiating a drag 9373 * Return: %TRUE if the row can be dragged 9374 */ 9375 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragSource* dragSource, GtkTreePath* path) rowDraggable; 9376 /** 9377 * 9378 * Params: 9379 * dragSource = a #GtkTreeDragSource 9380 * path = row that was dragged 9381 * selectionData = a #GtkSelectionData to fill with data 9382 * from the dragged row 9383 * Return: %TRUE if data of the required type was provided 9384 */ 9385 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragSource* dragSource, GtkTreePath* path, GtkSelectionData* selectionData) dragDataGet; 9386 /** 9387 * 9388 * Params: 9389 * dragSource = a #GtkTreeDragSource 9390 * path = row that was being dragged 9391 * Return: %TRUE if the row was successfully deleted 9392 */ 9393 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeDragSource* dragSource, GtkTreePath* path) dragDataDelete; 9394 } 9395 9396 struct GtkTreeIter 9397 { 9398 /** 9399 * a unique stamp to catch invalid iterators 9400 */ 9401 int stamp; 9402 /** 9403 * model-specific data 9404 */ 9405 void* userData; 9406 /** 9407 * model-specific data 9408 */ 9409 void* userData2; 9410 /** 9411 * model-specific data 9412 */ 9413 void* userData3; 9414 } 9415 9416 struct GtkTreeModel; 9417 9418 struct GtkTreeModelFilter 9419 { 9420 GObject parent; 9421 GtkTreeModelFilterPrivate* priv; 9422 } 9423 9424 struct GtkTreeModelFilterClass 9425 { 9426 GObjectClass parentClass; 9427 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModelFilter* self, GtkTreeModel* childModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) visible; 9428 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModelFilter* self, GtkTreeModel* childModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GValue* value, int column) modify; 9429 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9430 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9431 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9432 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9433 } 9434 9435 struct GtkTreeModelFilterPrivate; 9436 9437 struct GtkTreeModelIface 9438 { 9439 GTypeInterface gIface; 9440 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter) rowChanged; 9441 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter) rowInserted; 9442 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter) rowHasChildToggled; 9443 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path) rowDeleted; 9444 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter, int* newOrder) rowsReordered; 9445 /** 9446 * 9447 * Params: 9448 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9449 * Return: the flags supported by this interface 9450 */ 9451 extern(C) GtkTreeModelFlags function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel) getFlags; 9452 /** 9453 * 9454 * Params: 9455 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9456 * Return: the number of columns 9457 */ 9458 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel) getNColumns; 9459 /** 9460 * 9461 * Params: 9462 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9463 * index = the column index 9464 * Return: the type of the column 9465 */ 9466 extern(C) GType function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, int index) getColumnType; 9467 /** 9468 * 9469 * Params: 9470 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9471 * iter = the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter-struct 9472 * path = the #GtkTreePath-struct 9473 * Return: %TRUE, if @iter was set 9474 */ 9475 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) getIter; 9476 /** 9477 * 9478 * Params: 9479 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9480 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 9481 * Return: a newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct 9482 */ 9483 extern(C) GtkTreePath* function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) getPath; 9484 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, int column, GValue* value) getValue; 9485 /** 9486 * 9487 * Params: 9488 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9489 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 9490 * Return: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the next node 9491 */ 9492 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterNext; 9493 /** 9494 * 9495 * Params: 9496 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9497 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 9498 * Return: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node 9499 */ 9500 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterPrevious; 9501 /** 9502 * 9503 * Params: 9504 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9505 * iter = the new #GtkTreeIter-struct to be set to the child 9506 * parent = the #GtkTreeIter-struct, or %NULL 9507 * Return: %TRUE, if @child has been set to the first child 9508 */ 9509 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreeIter* parent) iterChildren; 9510 /** 9511 * 9512 * Params: 9513 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9514 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct to test for children 9515 * Return: %TRUE if @iter has children 9516 */ 9517 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterHasChild; 9518 /** 9519 * 9520 * Params: 9521 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9522 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct, or %NULL 9523 * Return: the number of children of @iter 9524 */ 9525 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) iterNChildren; 9526 /** 9527 * 9528 * Params: 9529 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9530 * iter = the #GtkTreeIter-struct to set to the nth child 9531 * parent = the #GtkTreeIter-struct to get the child from, or %NULL. 9532 * n = the index of the desired child 9533 * Return: %TRUE, if @parent has an @n-th child 9534 */ 9535 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreeIter* parent, int n) iterNthChild; 9536 /** 9537 * 9538 * Params: 9539 * treeModel = a #GtkTreeModel 9540 * iter = the new #GtkTreeIter-struct to set to the parent 9541 * child = the #GtkTreeIter-struct 9542 * Return: %TRUE, if @iter is set to the parent of @child 9543 */ 9544 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreeIter* child) iterParent; 9545 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) refNode; 9546 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter) unrefNode; 9547 } 9548 9549 struct GtkTreeModelSort 9550 { 9551 GObject parent; 9552 GtkTreeModelSortPrivate* priv; 9553 } 9554 9555 struct GtkTreeModelSortClass 9556 { 9557 GObjectClass parentClass; 9558 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9559 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9560 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9561 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9562 } 9563 9564 struct GtkTreeModelSortPrivate; 9565 9566 struct GtkTreePath; 9567 9568 struct GtkTreeRowReference; 9569 9570 struct GtkTreeSelection 9571 { 9572 GObject parent; 9573 GtkTreeSelectionPrivate* priv; 9574 } 9575 9576 struct GtkTreeSelectionClass 9577 { 9578 /** 9579 * The parent class. 9580 */ 9581 GObjectClass parentClass; 9582 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSelection* selection) changed; 9583 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9584 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9585 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9586 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9587 } 9588 9589 struct GtkTreeSelectionPrivate; 9590 9591 struct GtkTreeSortable; 9592 9593 struct GtkTreeSortableIface 9594 { 9595 GTypeInterface gIface; 9596 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable) sortColumnChanged; 9597 /** 9598 * 9599 * Params: 9600 * sortable = A #GtkTreeSortable 9601 * sortColumnId = The sort column id to be filled in 9602 * order = The #GtkSortType to be filled in 9603 * Return: %TRUE if the sort column is not one of the special sort 9604 * column ids. 9605 */ 9606 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, int* sortColumnId, GtkSortType* order) getSortColumnId; 9607 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, int sortColumnId, GtkSortType order) setSortColumnId; 9608 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, int sortColumnId, GtkTreeIterCompareFunc sortFunc, void* userData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setSortFunc; 9609 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable, GtkTreeIterCompareFunc sortFunc, void* userData, GDestroyNotify destroy) setDefaultSortFunc; 9610 /** 9611 * 9612 * Params: 9613 * sortable = A #GtkTreeSortable 9614 * Return: %TRUE, if the model has a default sort function 9615 */ 9616 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeSortable* sortable) hasDefaultSortFunc; 9617 } 9618 9619 struct GtkTreeStore 9620 { 9621 GObject parent; 9622 GtkTreeStorePrivate* priv; 9623 } 9624 9625 struct GtkTreeStoreClass 9626 { 9627 GObjectClass parentClass; 9628 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9629 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9630 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9631 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9632 } 9633 9634 struct GtkTreeStorePrivate; 9635 9636 struct GtkTreeView 9637 { 9638 GtkContainer parent; 9639 GtkTreeViewPrivate* priv; 9640 } 9641 9642 struct GtkTreeViewAccessible 9643 { 9644 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 9645 GtkTreeViewAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9646 } 9647 9648 struct GtkTreeViewAccessibleClass 9649 { 9650 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 9651 } 9652 9653 struct GtkTreeViewAccessiblePrivate; 9654 9655 struct GtkTreeViewClass 9656 { 9657 GtkContainerClass parentClass; 9658 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeViewColumn* column) rowActivated; 9659 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) testExpandRow; 9660 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) testCollapseRow; 9661 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) rowExpanded; 9662 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeIter* iter, GtkTreePath* path) rowCollapsed; 9663 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView) columnsChanged; 9664 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView) cursorChanged; 9665 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkMovementStep step, int count) moveCursor; 9666 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) selectAll; 9667 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) unselectAll; 9668 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, int startEditing) selectCursorRow; 9669 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) toggleCursorRow; 9670 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, int logical, int expand, int openAll) expandCollapseCursorRow; 9671 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) selectCursorParent; 9672 extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView) startInteractiveSearch; 9673 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9674 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9675 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9676 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9677 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved5; 9678 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 9679 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 9680 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved8; 9681 } 9682 9683 struct GtkTreeViewColumn 9684 { 9685 GObject parentInstance; 9686 GtkTreeViewColumnPrivate* priv; 9687 } 9688 9689 struct GtkTreeViewColumnClass 9690 { 9691 GObjectClass parentClass; 9692 extern(C) void function(GtkTreeViewColumn* treeColumn) clicked; 9693 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9694 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9695 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9696 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9697 } 9698 9699 struct GtkTreeViewColumnPrivate; 9700 9701 struct GtkTreeViewPrivate; 9702 9703 struct GtkUIManager 9704 { 9705 GObject parent; 9706 GtkUIManagerPrivate* privateData; 9707 } 9708 9709 struct GtkUIManagerClass 9710 { 9711 GObjectClass parentClass; 9712 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkWidget* widget) addWidget; 9713 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager) actionsChanged; 9714 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) connectProxy; 9715 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action, GtkWidget* proxy) disconnectProxy; 9716 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action) preActivate; 9717 extern(C) void function(GtkUIManager* manager, GtkAction* action) postActivate; 9718 /** 9719 * 9720 * Params: 9721 * manager = a #GtkUIManager 9722 * path = a path 9723 * Return: the widget found by following the path, 9724 * or %NULL if no widget was found 9725 */ 9726 extern(C) GtkWidget* function(GtkUIManager* manager, const(char)* path) getWidget; 9727 /** 9728 * 9729 * Params: 9730 * manager = a #GtkUIManager 9731 * path = a path 9732 * Return: the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path, 9733 * or %NULL if no widget was found. 9734 */ 9735 extern(C) GtkAction* function(GtkUIManager* manager, const(char)* path) getAction; 9736 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9737 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9738 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9739 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9740 } 9741 9742 struct GtkUIManagerPrivate; 9743 9744 struct GtkVBox 9745 { 9746 GtkBox box; 9747 } 9748 9749 struct GtkVBoxClass 9750 { 9751 GtkBoxClass parentClass; 9752 } 9753 9754 struct GtkVButtonBox 9755 { 9756 GtkButtonBox buttonBox; 9757 } 9758 9759 struct GtkVButtonBoxClass 9760 { 9761 GtkButtonBoxClass parentClass; 9762 } 9763 9764 struct GtkVPaned 9765 { 9766 GtkPaned paned; 9767 } 9768 9769 struct GtkVPanedClass 9770 { 9771 GtkPanedClass parentClass; 9772 } 9773 9774 struct GtkVScale 9775 { 9776 GtkScale scale; 9777 } 9778 9779 struct GtkVScaleClass 9780 { 9781 GtkScaleClass parentClass; 9782 } 9783 9784 struct GtkVScrollbar 9785 { 9786 GtkScrollbar scrollbar; 9787 } 9788 9789 struct GtkVScrollbarClass 9790 { 9791 GtkScrollbarClass parentClass; 9792 } 9793 9794 struct GtkVSeparator 9795 { 9796 GtkSeparator separator; 9797 } 9798 9799 struct GtkVSeparatorClass 9800 { 9801 GtkSeparatorClass parentClass; 9802 } 9803 9804 struct GtkViewport 9805 { 9806 GtkBin bin; 9807 GtkViewportPrivate* priv; 9808 } 9809 9810 struct GtkViewportClass 9811 { 9812 /** 9813 * The parent class. 9814 */ 9815 GtkBinClass parentClass; 9816 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9817 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9818 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9819 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9820 } 9821 9822 struct GtkViewportPrivate; 9823 9824 struct GtkVolumeButton 9825 { 9826 GtkScaleButton parent; 9827 } 9828 9829 struct GtkVolumeButtonClass 9830 { 9831 GtkScaleButtonClass parentClass; 9832 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 9833 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 9834 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 9835 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 9836 } 9837 9838 struct GtkWidget 9839 { 9840 GObject parentInstance; 9841 GtkWidgetPrivate* priv; 9842 } 9843 9844 struct GtkWidgetAccessible 9845 { 9846 GtkAccessible parent; 9847 GtkWidgetAccessiblePrivate* priv; 9848 } 9849 9850 struct GtkWidgetAccessibleClass 9851 { 9852 GtkAccessibleClass parentClass; 9853 extern(C) void function(GObject* object, GParamSpec* pspec) notifyGtk; 9854 } 9855 9856 struct GtkWidgetAccessiblePrivate; 9857 9858 struct GtkWidgetClass 9859 { 9860 /** 9861 * The object class structure needs to be the first 9862 * element in the widget class structure in order for the class mechanism 9863 * to work correctly. This allows a GtkWidgetClass pointer to be cast to 9864 * a GObjectClass pointer. 9865 */ 9866 GObjectClass parentClass; 9867 /** 9868 * The signal to emit when a widget of this class is 9869 * activated, gtk_widget_activate() handles the emission. 9870 * Implementation of this signal is optional. 9871 */ 9872 uint activateSignal; 9873 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, uint nPspecs, GParamSpec** pspecs) dispatchChildPropertiesChanged; 9874 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) destroy; 9875 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) show; 9876 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) showAll; 9877 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) hide; 9878 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) map; 9879 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) unmap; 9880 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) realize; 9881 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) unrealize; 9882 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkAllocation* allocation) sizeAllocate; 9883 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkStateType previousState) stateChanged; 9884 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkStateFlags previousStateFlags) stateFlagsChanged; 9885 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkWidget* previousParent) parentSet; 9886 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkWidget* previousToplevel) hierarchyChanged; 9887 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkStyle* previousStyle) styleSet; 9888 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkTextDirection previousDirection) directionChanged; 9889 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int wasGrabbed) grabNotify; 9890 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GParamSpec* childProperty) childNotify; 9891 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, cairo_t* cr) draw; 9892 /** 9893 * 9894 * Params: 9895 * widget = a #GtkWidget instance 9896 * Return: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget. 9897 */ 9898 extern(C) GtkSizeRequestMode function(GtkWidget* widget) getRequestMode; 9899 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeight; 9900 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int height, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidthForHeight; 9901 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumWidth, int* naturalWidth) getPreferredWidth; 9902 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight) getPreferredHeightForWidth; 9903 /** 9904 * 9905 * Params: 9906 * widget = a #GtkWidget 9907 * groupCycling = %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic 9908 * Return: %TRUE if the signal has been handled 9909 */ 9910 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, int groupCycling) mnemonicActivate; 9911 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) grabFocus; 9912 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkDirectionType direction) focus; 9913 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkDirectionType direction) moveFocus; 9914 /** 9915 * 9916 * Params: 9917 * widget = a #GtkWidget 9918 * direction = direction of focus movement 9919 * Return: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE 9920 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard 9921 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s). 9922 */ 9923 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkDirectionType direction) keynavFailed; 9924 /** 9925 * 9926 * Params: 9927 * widget = a #GtkWidget 9928 * event = a #GdkEvent 9929 * Return: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if 9930 * the event was handled) 9931 */ 9932 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEvent* event) event; 9933 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventButton* event) buttonPressEvent; 9934 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventButton* event) buttonReleaseEvent; 9935 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventScroll* event) scrollEvent; 9936 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventMotion* event) motionNotifyEvent; 9937 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) deleteEvent; 9938 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) destroyEvent; 9939 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventKey* event) keyPressEvent; 9940 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventKey* event) keyReleaseEvent; 9941 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventCrossing* event) enterNotifyEvent; 9942 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventCrossing* event) leaveNotifyEvent; 9943 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventConfigure* event) configureEvent; 9944 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventFocus* event) focusInEvent; 9945 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventFocus* event) focusOutEvent; 9946 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) mapEvent; 9947 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventAny* event) unmapEvent; 9948 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventProperty* event) propertyNotifyEvent; 9949 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventSelection* event) selectionClearEvent; 9950 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventSelection* event) selectionRequestEvent; 9951 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventSelection* event) selectionNotifyEvent; 9952 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventProximity* event) proximityInEvent; 9953 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventProximity* event) proximityOutEvent; 9954 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventVisibility* event) visibilityNotifyEvent; 9955 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventWindowState* event) windowStateEvent; 9956 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventExpose* event) damageEvent; 9957 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventGrabBroken* event) grabBrokenEvent; 9958 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, uint time) selectionGet; 9959 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint time) selectionReceived; 9960 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context) dragBegin; 9961 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context) dragEnd; 9962 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, uint time) dragDataGet; 9963 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context) dragDataDelete; 9964 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, uint time) dragLeave; 9965 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, int x, int y, uint time) dragMotion; 9966 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, int x, int y, uint time) dragDrop; 9967 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, int x, int y, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, uint time) dragDataReceived; 9968 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkDragContext* context, GtkDragResult result) dragFailed; 9969 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget) popupMenu; 9970 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkWidgetHelpType helpType) showHelp; 9971 /** 9972 * 9973 * Params: 9974 * widget = a #GtkWidget 9975 * Return: the #AtkObject associated with @widget 9976 */ 9977 extern(C) AtkObject* function(GtkWidget* widget) getAccessible; 9978 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkScreen* previousScreen) screenChanged; 9979 /** 9980 * 9981 * Params: 9982 * widget = a #GtkWidget 9983 * signalId = the ID of a signal installed on @widget 9984 * Return: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated. 9985 */ 9986 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, uint signalId) canActivateAccel; 9987 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) compositedChanged; 9988 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, int x, int y, int keyboardTooltip, GtkTooltip* tooltip) queryTooltip; 9989 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* hexpandP, int* vexpandP) computeExpand; 9990 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkOrientation orientation, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize) adjustSizeRequest; 9991 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, GtkOrientation orientation, int* minimumSize, int* naturalSize, int* allocatedPos, int* allocatedSize) adjustSizeAllocation; 9992 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget) styleUpdated; 9993 extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkEventTouch* event) touchEvent; 9994 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int width, int* minimumHeight, int* naturalHeight, int* minimumBaseline, int* naturalBaseline) getPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth; 9995 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* minimumBaseline, int* naturalBaseline) adjustBaselineRequest; 9996 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, int* baseline) adjustBaselineAllocation; 9997 extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, cairo_region_t* region) queueDrawRegion; 9998 GtkWidgetClassPrivate* priv; 9999 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved6; 10000 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved7; 10001 } 10002 10003 struct GtkWidgetClassPrivate; 10004 10005 struct GtkWidgetPath; 10006 10007 struct GtkWidgetPrivate; 10008 10009 struct GtkWindow 10010 { 10011 GtkBin bin; 10012 GtkWindowPrivate* priv; 10013 } 10014 10015 struct GtkWindowAccessible 10016 { 10017 GtkContainerAccessible parent; 10018 GtkWindowAccessiblePrivate* priv; 10019 } 10020 10021 struct GtkWindowAccessibleClass 10022 { 10023 GtkContainerAccessibleClass parentClass; 10024 } 10025 10026 struct GtkWindowAccessiblePrivate; 10027 10028 struct GtkWindowClass 10029 { 10030 /** 10031 * The parent class. 10032 */ 10033 GtkBinClass parentClass; 10034 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window, GtkWidget* focus) setFocus; 10035 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window) activateFocus; 10036 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window) activateDefault; 10037 extern(C) void function(GtkWindow* window) keysChanged; 10038 extern(C) int function(GtkWindow* window, int toggle) enableDebugging; 10039 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10040 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10041 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10042 } 10043 10044 struct GtkWindowGeometryInfo; 10045 10046 struct GtkWindowGroup 10047 { 10048 GObject parentInstance; 10049 GtkWindowGroupPrivate* priv; 10050 } 10051 10052 struct GtkWindowGroupClass 10053 { 10054 GObjectClass parentClass; 10055 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved1; 10056 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved2; 10057 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved3; 10058 extern(C) void function() GtkReserved4; 10059 } 10060 10061 struct GtkWindowGroupPrivate; 10062 10063 struct GtkWindowPrivate; 10064 10065 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkAccelGroup* accelGroup, GObject* acceleratable, uint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier) GtkAccelGroupActivate; 10066 10067 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkAccelKey* key, GClosure* closure, void* data) GtkAccelGroupFindFunc; 10068 10069 public alias extern(C) void function(void* data, const(char)* accelPath, uint accelKey, GdkModifierType accelMods, int changed) GtkAccelMapForeach; 10070 10071 /** 10072 * A function used by gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func() to know which 10073 * is the next page given a current one. It’s called both for computing the 10074 * next page when the user presses the “forward” button and for handling 10075 * the behavior of the “last” button. 10076 * 10077 * Params: 10078 * currentPage = The page number used to calculate the next page. 10079 * data = user data. 10080 * 10081 * Return: The next page number. 10082 */ 10083 public alias extern(C) int function(int currentPage, void* data) GtkAssistantPageFunc; 10084 10085 /** 10086 * This is the signature of a function used to connect signals. It is used 10087 * by the gtk_builder_connect_signals() and gtk_builder_connect_signals_full() 10088 * methods. It is mainly intended for interpreted language bindings, but 10089 * could be useful where the programmer wants more control over the signal 10090 * connection process. Note that this function can only be called once, 10091 * subsequent calls will do nothing. 10092 * 10093 * Params: 10094 * builder = a #GtkBuilder 10095 * object = object to connect a signal to 10096 * signalName = name of the signal 10097 * handlerName = name of the handler 10098 * connectObject = a #GObject, if non-%NULL, use g_signal_connect_object() 10099 * flags = #GConnectFlags to use 10100 * userData = user data 10101 * 10102 * Since: 2.12 10103 */ 10104 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkBuilder* builder, GObject* object, const(char)* signalName, const(char)* handlerName, GObject* connectObject, GConnectFlags flags, void* userData) GtkBuilderConnectFunc; 10105 10106 /** 10107 * This kind of functions provide Pango markup with detail information for the 10108 * specified day. Examples for such details are holidays or appointments. The 10109 * function returns %NULL when no information is available. 10110 * 10111 * Params: 10112 * calendar = a #GtkCalendar. 10113 * year = the year for which details are needed. 10114 * month = the month for which details are needed. 10115 * day = the day of @month for which details are needed. 10116 * userData = the data passed with gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). 10117 * 10118 * Return: Newly allocated string with Pango markup with details 10119 * for the specified day, or %NULL. 10120 * 10121 * Since: 2.14 10122 */ 10123 public alias extern(C) char* function(GtkCalendar* calendar, uint year, uint month, uint day, void* userData) GtkCalendarDetailFunc; 10124 10125 /** 10126 * The type of the callback functions used for e.g. iterating over 10127 * the children of a container, see gtk_container_foreach(). 10128 * 10129 * Params: 10130 * widget = the widget to operate on 10131 * data = user-supplied data 10132 */ 10133 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* widget, void* data) GtkCallback; 10134 10135 /** 10136 * The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the 10137 * cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a #GtkCellArea, 10138 * see gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). 10139 * 10140 * Params: 10141 * renderer = the cell renderer to operate on 10142 * cellArea = the area allocated to @renderer inside the rectangle 10143 * provided to gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). 10144 * cellBackground = the background area for @renderer inside the 10145 * background area provided to gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). 10146 * data = user-supplied data 10147 * 10148 * Return: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells. 10149 */ 10150 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkCellRenderer* renderer, GdkRectangle* cellArea, GdkRectangle* cellBackground, void* data) GtkCellAllocCallback; 10151 10152 /** 10153 * The type of the callback functions used for iterating over 10154 * the cell renderers of a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach(). 10155 * 10156 * Params: 10157 * renderer = the cell renderer to operate on 10158 * data = user-supplied data 10159 * 10160 * Return: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells. 10161 */ 10162 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkCellRenderer* renderer, void* data) GtkCellCallback; 10163 10164 /** 10165 * A function which should set the value of @cell_layout’s cell renderer(s) 10166 * as appropriate. 10167 * 10168 * Params: 10169 * cellLayout = a #GtkCellLayout 10170 * cell = the cell renderer whose value is to be set 10171 * treeModel = the model 10172 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to set the value for 10173 * data = user data passed to gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func() 10174 */ 10175 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkCellLayout* cellLayout, GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkCellLayoutDataFunc; 10176 10177 /** 10178 * A function that will be called when the contents of the clipboard are changed 10179 * or cleared. Once this has called, the @user_data_or_owner argument 10180 * will not be used again. 10181 * 10182 * Params: 10183 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10184 * userDataOrOwner = the @user_data argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_data(), 10185 * or the @owner argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner() 10186 */ 10187 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, void* userDataOrOwner) GtkClipboardClearFunc; 10188 10189 /** 10190 * A function that will be called to provide the contents of the selection. 10191 * If multiple types of data were advertised, the requested type can 10192 * be determined from the @info parameter or by checking the target field 10193 * of @selection_data. If the data could successfully be converted into 10194 * then it should be stored into the @selection_data object by 10195 * calling gtk_selection_data_set() (or related functions such 10196 * as gtk_selection_data_set_text()). If no data is set, the requestor 10197 * will be informed that the attempt to get the data failed. 10198 * 10199 * Params: 10200 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10201 * selectionData = a #GtkSelectionData argument in which the requested 10202 * data should be stored. 10203 * info = the info field corresponding to the requested target from the 10204 * #GtkTargetEntry array passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_data() or 10205 * gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner(). 10206 * userDataOrOwner = the @user_data argument passed to 10207 * gtk_clipboard_set_with_data(), or the @owner argument passed to 10208 * gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner() 10209 */ 10210 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, uint info, void* userDataOrOwner) GtkClipboardGetFunc; 10211 10212 /** 10213 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_image() 10214 * are received, or when the request fails. 10215 * 10216 * Params: 10217 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10218 * pixbuf = the received image 10219 * data = the @user_data supplied to 10220 * gtk_clipboard_request_image(). 10221 * 10222 * Since: 2.6 10223 */ 10224 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, void* data) GtkClipboardImageReceivedFunc; 10225 10226 /** 10227 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_contents() 10228 * are received, or when the request fails. 10229 * 10230 * Params: 10231 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10232 * selectionData = a #GtkSelectionData containing the data was received. 10233 * If retrieving the data failed, then then length field 10234 * of @selection_data will be negative. 10235 * data = the @user_data supplied to 10236 * gtk_clipboard_request_contents(). 10237 */ 10238 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GtkSelectionData* selectionData, void* data) GtkClipboardReceivedFunc; 10239 10240 /** 10241 * A function to be called when the results of 10242 * gtk_clipboard_request_rich_text() are received, or when the request 10243 * fails. 10244 * 10245 * Params: 10246 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10247 * format = The format of the rich text 10248 * text = the rich text received, as 10249 * a UTF-8 encoded string, or %NULL if retrieving the data failed. 10250 * length = Length of the text. 10251 * data = the @user_data supplied to 10252 * gtk_clipboard_request_rich_text(). 10253 * 10254 * Since: 2.10 10255 */ 10256 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GdkAtom format, ubyte* text, size_t length, void* data) GtkClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc; 10257 10258 /** 10259 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_targets() 10260 * are received, or when the request fails. 10261 * 10262 * Params: 10263 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10264 * atoms = the supported targets, 10265 * as array of #GdkAtom, or %NULL if retrieving the data failed. 10266 * nAtoms = the length of the @atoms array. 10267 * data = the @user_data supplied to 10268 * gtk_clipboard_request_targets(). 10269 * 10270 * Since: 2.4 10271 */ 10272 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, GdkAtom* atoms, int nAtoms, void* data) GtkClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc; 10273 10274 /** 10275 * A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_text() 10276 * are received, or when the request fails. 10277 * 10278 * Params: 10279 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10280 * text = the text received, as a UTF-8 encoded string, or 10281 * %NULL if retrieving the data failed. 10282 * data = the @user_data supplied to 10283 * gtk_clipboard_request_text(). 10284 */ 10285 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, const(char)* text, void* data) GtkClipboardTextReceivedFunc; 10286 10287 /** 10288 * A function to be called when the results of 10289 * gtk_clipboard_request_uris() are received, or when the request 10290 * fails. 10291 * 10292 * Params: 10293 * clipboard = the #GtkClipboard 10294 * uris = the received URIs 10295 * data = the @user_data supplied to 10296 * gtk_clipboard_request_uris(). 10297 * 10298 * Since: 2.14 10299 */ 10300 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkClipboard* clipboard, char** uris, void* data) GtkClipboardURIReceivedFunc; 10301 10302 public alias extern(C) void function(GdkColor* colors, int nColors) GtkColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc; 10303 10304 public alias extern(C) void function(GdkScreen* screen, GdkColor* colors, int nColors) GtkColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc; 10305 10306 /** 10307 * A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter matches 10308 * a given @key, and should be displayed as a possible completion for @key. 10309 * Note that @key is normalized and case-folded (see g_utf8_normalize() 10310 * and g_utf8_casefold()). If this is not appropriate, match functions 10311 * have access to the unmodified key via 10312 * `gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (gtk_entry_completion_get_entry ()))`. 10313 * 10314 * Params: 10315 * completion = the #GtkEntryCompletion 10316 * key = the string to match, normalized and case-folded 10317 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to match 10318 * userData = user data given to gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func() 10319 * 10320 * Return: %TRUE if @iter should be displayed as a possible completion 10321 * for @key 10322 */ 10323 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkEntryCompletion* completion, const(char)* key, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* userData) GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc; 10324 10325 /** 10326 * The type of function that is used with custom filters, see 10327 * gtk_file_filter_add_custom(). 10328 * 10329 * Params: 10330 * filterInfo = a #GtkFileFilterInfo that is filled according 10331 * to the @needed flags passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom() 10332 * data = user data passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom() 10333 * 10334 * Return: %TRUE if the file should be displayed 10335 */ 10336 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkFileFilterInfo* filterInfo, void* data) GtkFileFilterFunc; 10337 10338 /** 10339 * Called for flow boxes that are bound to a #GListModel with 10340 * gtk_flow_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model. 10341 * 10342 * Params: 10343 * item = the item from the model for which to create a widget for 10344 * userData = user data from gtk_flow_box_bind_model() 10345 * 10346 * Return: a #GtkWidget that represents @item 10347 * 10348 * Since: 3.18 10349 */ 10350 public alias extern(C) GtkWidget* function(void* item, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc; 10351 10352 /** 10353 * A function that will be called whenrever a child changes 10354 * or is added. It lets you control if the child should be 10355 * visible or not. 10356 * 10357 * Params: 10358 * child = a #GtkFlowBoxChild that may be filtered 10359 * userData = user data 10360 * 10361 * Return: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise 10362 * 10363 * Since: 3.12 10364 */ 10365 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkFlowBoxChild* child, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxFilterFunc; 10366 10367 /** 10368 * A function used by gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach(). 10369 * It will be called on every selected child of the @box. 10370 * 10371 * Params: 10372 * box = a #GtkFlowBox 10373 * child = a #GtkFlowBoxChild 10374 * userData = user data 10375 * 10376 * Since: 3.12 10377 */ 10378 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkFlowBox* box, GtkFlowBoxChild* child, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxForeachFunc; 10379 10380 /** 10381 * A function to compare two children to determine which 10382 * should come first. 10383 * 10384 * Params: 10385 * child1 = the first child 10386 * child2 = the second child 10387 * userData = user data 10388 * 10389 * Return: < 0 if @child1 should be before @child2, 0 if 10390 * the are equal, and > 0 otherwise 10391 * 10392 * Since: 3.12 10393 */ 10394 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkFlowBoxChild* child1, GtkFlowBoxChild* child2, void* userData) GtkFlowBoxSortFunc; 10395 10396 /** 10397 * The type of function that is used for deciding what fonts get 10398 * shown in a #GtkFontChooser. See gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func(). 10399 * 10400 * Params: 10401 * family = a #PangoFontFamily 10402 * face = a #PangoFontFace belonging to @family 10403 * data = user data passed to gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func() 10404 * 10405 * Return: %TRUE if the font should be displayed 10406 */ 10407 public alias extern(C) int function(PangoFontFamily* family, PangoFontFace* face, void* data) GtkFontFilterFunc; 10408 10409 /** 10410 * A function used by gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach() to map all 10411 * selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view. 10412 * 10413 * Params: 10414 * iconView = a #GtkIconView 10415 * path = The #GtkTreePath of a selected row 10416 * data = user data 10417 */ 10418 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkIconView* iconView, GtkTreePath* path, void* data) GtkIconViewForeachFunc; 10419 10420 /** 10421 * Key snooper functions are called before normal event delivery. 10422 * They can be used to implement custom key event handling. 10423 * 10424 * Params: 10425 * grabWidget = the widget to which the event will be delivered 10426 * event = the key event 10427 * funcData = data supplied to gtk_key_snooper_install() 10428 * 10429 * Return: %TRUE to stop further processing of @event, %FALSE to continue. 10430 */ 10431 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* grabWidget, GdkEventKey* event, void* funcData) GtkKeySnoopFunc; 10432 10433 /** 10434 * Called for list boxes that are bound to a #GListModel with 10435 * gtk_list_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model. 10436 * 10437 * Versions of GTK+ prior to 3.18 called gtk_widget_show_all() on the rows 10438 * created by the GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc, but this forced all widgets 10439 * inside the row to be shown, and is no longer the case. Applications should 10440 * be updated to show the desired row widgets. 10441 * 10442 * Params: 10443 * item = the item from the model for which to create a widget for 10444 * userData = user data 10445 * 10446 * Return: a #GtkWidget that represents @item 10447 * 10448 * Since: 3.16 10449 */ 10450 public alias extern(C) GtkWidget* function(void* item, void* userData) GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc; 10451 10452 /** 10453 * Will be called whenever the row changes or is added and lets you control 10454 * if the row should be visible or not. 10455 * 10456 * Params: 10457 * row = the row that may be filtered 10458 * userData = user data 10459 * 10460 * Return: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise 10461 * 10462 * Since: 3.10 10463 */ 10464 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkListBoxRow* row, void* userData) GtkListBoxFilterFunc; 10465 10466 /** 10467 * A function used by gtk_list_box_selected_foreach(). 10468 * It will be called on every selected child of the @box. 10469 * 10470 * Params: 10471 * box = a #GtkListBox 10472 * row = a #GtkListBoxRow 10473 * userData = user data 10474 * 10475 * Since: 3.14 10476 */ 10477 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkListBox* box, GtkListBoxRow* row, void* userData) GtkListBoxForeachFunc; 10478 10479 /** 10480 * Compare two rows to determine which should be first. 10481 * 10482 * Params: 10483 * row1 = the first row 10484 * row2 = the second row 10485 * userData = user data 10486 * 10487 * Return: < 0 if @row1 should be before @row2, 0 if they are 10488 * equal and > 0 otherwise 10489 * 10490 * Since: 3.10 10491 */ 10492 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkListBoxRow* row1, GtkListBoxRow* row2, void* userData) GtkListBoxSortFunc; 10493 10494 /** 10495 * Whenever @row changes or which row is before @row changes this 10496 * is called, which lets you update the header on @row. You may 10497 * remove or set a new one via gtk_list_box_row_set_header() or 10498 * just change the state of the current header widget. 10499 * 10500 * Params: 10501 * row = the row to update 10502 * before = the row before @row, or %NULL if it is first 10503 * userData = user data 10504 * 10505 * Since: 3.10 10506 */ 10507 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkListBoxRow* row, GtkListBoxRow* before, void* userData) GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc; 10508 10509 /** 10510 * A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() which 10511 * will be called when the menu is later detached from the widget. 10512 * 10513 * Params: 10514 * attachWidget = the #GtkWidget that the menu is being detached from. 10515 * menu = the #GtkMenu being detached. 10516 */ 10517 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkWidget* attachWidget, GtkMenu* menu) GtkMenuDetachFunc; 10518 10519 /** 10520 * A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_popup() which 10521 * controls the positioning of the menu when it is displayed. The 10522 * function sets the @x and @y parameters to the coordinates where the 10523 * menu is to be drawn. To make the menu appear on a different 10524 * monitor than the mouse pointer, gtk_menu_set_monitor() must be 10525 * called. 10526 * 10527 * Params: 10528 * menu = a #GtkMenu. 10529 * x = address of the #gint representing the horizontal 10530 * position where the menu shall be drawn. 10531 * y = address of the #gint representing the vertical position 10532 * where the menu shall be drawn. This is an output parameter. 10533 * pushIn = This parameter controls how menus placed outside 10534 * the monitor are handled. If this is set to %TRUE and part of 10535 * the menu is outside the monitor then GTK+ pushes the window 10536 * into the visible area, effectively modifying the popup 10537 * position. Note that moving and possibly resizing the menu 10538 * around will alter the scroll position to keep the menu items 10539 * “in place”, i.e. at the same monitor position they would have 10540 * been without resizing. In practice, this behavior is only 10541 * useful for combobox popups or option menus and cannot be used 10542 * to simply confine a menu to monitor boundaries. In that case, 10543 * changing the scroll offset is not desirable. 10544 * userData = the data supplied by the user in the gtk_menu_popup() 10545 * @data parameter. 10546 */ 10547 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkMenu* menu, int* x, int* y, int* pushIn, void* userData) GtkMenuPositionFunc; 10548 10549 /** 10550 * A multihead-aware GTK+ module may have a gtk_module_display_init() function 10551 * with this prototype. GTK+ calls this function for each opened display. 10552 * 10553 * Params: 10554 * display = an open #GdkDisplay 10555 * 10556 * Since: 2.2 10557 */ 10558 public alias extern(C) void function(GdkDisplay* display) GtkModuleDisplayInitFunc; 10559 10560 /** 10561 * Each GTK+ module must have a function gtk_module_init() with this prototype. 10562 * This function is called after loading the module. 10563 * 10564 * Params: 10565 * argc = GTK+ always passes %NULL for this argument 10566 * argv = GTK+ always passes %NULL for this argument 10567 */ 10568 public alias extern(C) void function(int* argc, char*** argv) GtkModuleInitFunc; 10569 10570 /** 10571 * The type of function that is passed to 10572 * gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async(). 10573 * 10574 * This function will be called when the page setup dialog 10575 * is dismissed, and also serves as destroy notify for @data. 10576 * 10577 * Params: 10578 * pageSetup = the #GtkPageSetup that has been 10579 * data = user data that has been passed to 10580 * gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() 10581 */ 10582 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkPageSetup* pageSetup, void* data) GtkPageSetupDoneFunc; 10583 10584 public alias extern(C) void function(const(char)* key, const(char)* value, void* userData) GtkPrintSettingsFunc; 10585 10586 public alias extern(C) int function(GParamSpec* pspec, GString* rcString, GValue* propertyValue) GtkRcPropertyParser; 10587 10588 /** 10589 * The type of function that is used with custom filters, 10590 * see gtk_recent_filter_add_custom(). 10591 * 10592 * Params: 10593 * filterInfo = a #GtkRecentFilterInfo that is filled according 10594 * to the @needed flags passed to gtk_recent_filter_add_custom() 10595 * userData = user data passed to gtk_recent_filter_add_custom() 10596 * 10597 * Return: %TRUE if the file should be displayed 10598 */ 10599 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkRecentFilterInfo* filterInfo, void* userData) GtkRecentFilterFunc; 10600 10601 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkRecentInfo* a, GtkRecentInfo* b, void* userData) GtkRecentSortFunc; 10602 10603 public alias extern(C) int function(const(char)* str, GValue* value, GError** err) GtkStylePropertyParser; 10604 10605 /** 10606 * A function that is called to deserialize rich text that has been 10607 * serialized with gtk_text_buffer_serialize(), and insert it at @iter. 10608 * 10609 * Params: 10610 * registerBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer the format is registered with 10611 * contentBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer to deserialize into 10612 * iter = insertion point for the deserialized text 10613 * data = data to deserialize 10614 * length = length of @data 10615 * createTags = %TRUE if deserializing may create tags 10616 * userData = user data that was specified when registering the format 10617 * 10618 * Return: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise 10619 * 10620 * Throws: GException on failure. 10621 */ 10622 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTextBuffer* registerBuffer, GtkTextBuffer* contentBuffer, GtkTextIter* iter, ubyte* data, size_t length, int createTags, void* userData, GError** err) GtkTextBufferDeserializeFunc; 10623 10624 /** 10625 * A function that is called to serialize the content of a text buffer. 10626 * It must return the serialized form of the content. 10627 * 10628 * Params: 10629 * registerBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer for which the format is registered 10630 * contentBuffer = the #GtkTextBuffer to serialize 10631 * start = start of the block of text to serialize 10632 * end = end of the block of text to serialize 10633 * length = Return location for the length of the serialized data 10634 * userData = user data that was specified when registering the format 10635 * 10636 * Return: a newly-allocated array of guint8 which contains the serialized 10637 * data, or %NULL if an error occurred 10638 */ 10639 public alias extern(C) ubyte* function(GtkTextBuffer* registerBuffer, GtkTextBuffer* contentBuffer, GtkTextIter* start, GtkTextIter* end, size_t* length, void* userData) GtkTextBufferSerializeFunc; 10640 10641 public alias extern(C) int function(dchar ch, void* userData) GtkTextCharPredicate; 10642 10643 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTextTag* tag, void* data) GtkTextTagTableForeach; 10644 10645 /** 10646 * Callback type for adding a function to update animations. See gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). 10647 * 10648 * Params: 10649 * widget = the widget 10650 * frameClock = the frame clock for the widget (same as calling gtk_widget_get_frame_clock()) 10651 * userData = user data passed to gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). 10652 * 10653 * Return: %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE if the tick callback should continue to be called, 10654 * %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the tick callback should be removed. 10655 * 10656 * Since: 3.8 10657 */ 10658 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkWidget* widget, GdkFrameClock* frameClock, void* userData) GtkTickCallback; 10659 10660 /** 10661 * The function used to translate messages in e.g. #GtkIconFactory 10662 * and #GtkActionGroup. 10663 * 10664 * Params: 10665 * path = The id of the message. In #GtkActionGroup this will be a label 10666 * or tooltip from a #GtkActionEntry. 10667 * funcData = user data passed in when registering the 10668 * function 10669 * 10670 * Return: the translated message 10671 */ 10672 public alias extern(C) char* function(const(char)* path, void* funcData) GtkTranslateFunc; 10673 10674 /** 10675 * A function to set the properties of a cell instead of just using the 10676 * straight mapping between the cell and the model. This is useful for 10677 * customizing the cell renderer. For example, a function might get an 10678 * integer from the @tree_model, and render it to the “text” attribute of 10679 * “cell” by converting it to its written equivilent. This is set by 10680 * calling gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func() 10681 * 10682 * Params: 10683 * treeColumn = A #GtkTreeViewColumn 10684 * cell = The #GtkCellRenderer that is being rendered by @tree_column 10685 * treeModel = The #GtkTreeModel being rendered 10686 * iter = A #GtkTreeIter of the current row rendered 10687 * data = user data 10688 */ 10689 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeViewColumn* treeColumn, GtkCellRenderer* cell, GtkTreeModel* treeModel, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeCellDataFunc; 10690 10691 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreePath* path, int children, void* userData) GtkTreeDestroyCountFunc; 10692 10693 /** 10694 * A GtkTreeIterCompareFunc should return a negative integer, zero, or a positive 10695 * integer if @a sorts before @b, @a sorts with @b, or @a sorts after @b 10696 * respectively. If two iters compare as equal, their order in the sorted model 10697 * is undefined. In order to ensure that the #GtkTreeSortable behaves as 10698 * expected, the GtkTreeIterCompareFunc must define a partial order on 10699 * the model, i.e. it must be reflexive, antisymmetric and transitive. 10700 * 10701 * For example, if @model is a product catalogue, then a compare function 10702 * for the “price” column could be one which returns 10703 * `price_of(@a) - price_of(@b)`. 10704 * 10705 * Params: 10706 * model = The #GtkTreeModel the comparison is within 10707 * a = A #GtkTreeIter in @model 10708 * b = Another #GtkTreeIter in @model 10709 * userData = Data passed when the compare func is assigned e.g. by 10710 * gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_func() 10711 * 10712 * Return: a negative integer, zero or a positive integer depending on whether 10713 * @a sorts before, with or after @b 10714 */ 10715 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* a, GtkTreeIter* b, void* userData) GtkTreeIterCompareFunc; 10716 10717 /** 10718 * A function which calculates display values from raw values in the model. 10719 * It must fill @value with the display value for the column @column in the 10720 * row indicated by @iter. 10721 * 10722 * Since this function is called for each data access, it’s not a 10723 * particularly efficient operation. 10724 * 10725 * Params: 10726 * model = the #GtkTreeModelFilter 10727 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row whose display values are determined 10728 * value = A #GValue which is already initialized for 10729 * with the correct type for the column @column. 10730 * column = the column whose display value is determined 10731 * data = user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func() 10732 */ 10733 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter, GValue* value, int column, void* data) GtkTreeModelFilterModifyFunc; 10734 10735 /** 10736 * A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter is visible. 10737 * 10738 * Params: 10739 * model = the child model of the #GtkTreeModelFilter 10740 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row in @model whose visibility 10741 * is determined 10742 * data = user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() 10743 * 10744 * Return: Whether the row indicated by @iter is visible. 10745 */ 10746 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc; 10747 10748 /** 10749 * Type of the callback passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() to 10750 * iterate over the rows in a tree model. 10751 * 10752 * Params: 10753 * model = the #GtkTreeModel being iterated 10754 * path = the current #GtkTreePath 10755 * iter = the current #GtkTreeIter 10756 * data = The user data passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() 10757 * 10758 * Return: %TRUE to stop iterating, %FALSE to continue 10759 */ 10760 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeModelForeachFunc; 10761 10762 /** 10763 * A function used by gtk_tree_selection_selected_foreach() to map all 10764 * selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view. 10765 * 10766 * Params: 10767 * model = The #GtkTreeModel being viewed 10768 * path = The #GtkTreePath of a selected row 10769 * iter = A #GtkTreeIter pointing to a selected row 10770 * data = user data 10771 */ 10772 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreePath* path, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeSelectionForeachFunc; 10773 10774 /** 10775 * A function used by gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function() to filter 10776 * whether or not a row may be selected. It is called whenever a row's 10777 * state might change. A return value of %TRUE indicates to @selection 10778 * that it is okay to change the selection. 10779 * 10780 * Params: 10781 * selection = A #GtkTreeSelection 10782 * model = A #GtkTreeModel being viewed 10783 * path = The #GtkTreePath of the row in question 10784 * pathCurrentlySelected = %TRUE, if the path is currently selected 10785 * data = user data 10786 * 10787 * Return: %TRUE, if the selection state of the row can be toggled 10788 */ 10789 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeSelection* selection, GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreePath* path, int pathCurrentlySelected, void* data) GtkTreeSelectionFunc; 10790 10791 /** 10792 * Function type for determining whether @column can be dropped in a 10793 * particular spot (as determined by @prev_column and @next_column). In 10794 * left to right locales, @prev_column is on the left of the potential drop 10795 * spot, and @next_column is on the right. In right to left mode, this is 10796 * reversed. This function should return %TRUE if the spot is a valid drop 10797 * spot. Please note that returning %TRUE does not actually indicate that 10798 * the column drop was made, but is meant only to indicate a possible drop 10799 * spot to the user. 10800 * 10801 * Params: 10802 * treeView = A #GtkTreeView 10803 * column = The #GtkTreeViewColumn being dragged 10804 * prevColumn = A #GtkTreeViewColumn on one side of @column 10805 * nextColumn = A #GtkTreeViewColumn on the other side of @column 10806 * data = user data 10807 * 10808 * Return: %TRUE, if @column can be dropped in this spot 10809 */ 10810 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreeViewColumn* column, GtkTreeViewColumn* prevColumn, GtkTreeViewColumn* nextColumn, void* data) GtkTreeViewColumnDropFunc; 10811 10812 /** 10813 * Function used for gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows(). 10814 * 10815 * Params: 10816 * treeView = A #GtkTreeView 10817 * path = The path that’s expanded 10818 * userData = user data 10819 */ 10820 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkTreePath* path, void* userData) GtkTreeViewMappingFunc; 10821 10822 /** 10823 * Function type for determining whether the row pointed to by @iter should 10824 * be rendered as a separator. A common way to implement this is to have a 10825 * boolean column in the model, whose values the #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc 10826 * returns. 10827 * 10828 * Params: 10829 * model = the #GtkTreeModel 10830 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing at a row in @model 10831 * data = user data 10832 * 10833 * Return: %TRUE if the row is a separator 10834 */ 10835 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* data) GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc; 10836 10837 /** 10838 * A function used for checking whether a row in @model matches 10839 * a search key string entered by the user. Note the return value 10840 * is reversed from what you would normally expect, though it 10841 * has some similarity to strcmp() returning 0 for equal strings. 10842 * 10843 * Params: 10844 * model = the #GtkTreeModel being searched 10845 * column = the search column set by gtk_tree_view_set_search_column() 10846 * key = the key string to compare with 10847 * iter = a #GtkTreeIter pointing the row of @model that should be compared 10848 * with @key. 10849 * searchData = user data from gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func() 10850 * 10851 * Return: %FALSE if the row matches, %TRUE otherwise. 10852 */ 10853 public alias extern(C) int function(GtkTreeModel* model, int column, const(char)* key, GtkTreeIter* iter, void* searchData) GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc; 10854 10855 public alias extern(C) void function(GtkTreeView* treeView, GtkWidget* searchDialog, void* userData) GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc; 10856 10857 /** 10858 * StockIds 10859 */ 10860 public enum StockID 10861 { 10862 /** 10863 * The “About” item. 10864 * ![](help-about.png) 10865 * 10866 * Deprecated: Use named icon "help-about" or the label "_About". 10867 */ 10868 ABOUT = "gtk-about", 10869 /** 10870 * The “Add” item and icon. 10871 * 10872 * Deprecated: Use named icon "list-add" or the label "_Add". 10873 */ 10874 ADD = "gtk-add", 10875 /** 10876 * The “Apply” item and icon. 10877 * 10878 * Deprecated: Do not use an icon. Use label "_Apply". 10879 */ 10880 APPLY = "gtk-apply", 10881 /** 10882 * The “Bold” item and icon. 10883 * 10884 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-bold". 10885 */ 10886 BOLD = "gtk-bold", 10887 /** 10888 * The “Cancel” item and icon. 10889 * 10890 * Deprecated: Do not use an icon. Use label "_Cancel". 10891 */ 10892 CANCEL = "gtk-cancel", 10893 /** 10894 * The “Caps Lock Warning” icon. 10895 * 10896 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-warning-symbolic". 10897 */ 10898 CAPS_LOCK_WARNING = "gtk-caps-lock-warning", 10899 /** 10900 * The “CD-Rom” item and icon. 10901 * 10902 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-optical". 10903 */ 10904 CDROM = "gtk-cdrom", 10905 /** 10906 * The “Clear” item and icon. 10907 * 10908 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-clear". 10909 */ 10910 CLEAR = "gtk-clear", 10911 /** 10912 * The “Close” item and icon. 10913 * 10914 * Deprecated: Use named icon "window-close" or the label "_Close". 10915 */ 10916 CLOSE = "gtk-close", 10917 /** 10918 * The “Color Picker” item and icon. 10919 */ 10920 COLOR_PICKER = "gtk-color-picker", 10921 /** 10922 * The “Connect” icon. 10923 */ 10924 CONNECT = "gtk-connect", 10925 /** 10926 * The “Convert” item and icon. 10927 */ 10928 CONVERT = "gtk-convert", 10929 /** 10930 * The “Copy” item and icon. 10931 * 10932 * Deprecated: Use the named icon "edit-copy" or the label "_Copy". 10933 */ 10934 COPY = "gtk-copy", 10935 /** 10936 * The “Cut” item and icon. 10937 * 10938 * Deprecated: Use the named icon "edit-cut" or the label "Cu_t". 10939 */ 10940 CUT = "gtk-cut", 10941 /** 10942 * The “Delete” item and icon. 10943 * 10944 * Deprecated: Use the named icon "edit-delete" or the label "_Delete". 10945 */ 10946 DELETE = "gtk-delete", 10947 /** 10948 * The “Authentication” item and icon. 10949 * 10950 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-password". 10951 */ 10952 DIALOG_AUTHENTICATION = "gtk-dialog-authentication", 10953 /** 10954 * The “Error” item and icon. 10955 * 10956 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-error". 10957 */ 10958 DIALOG_ERROR = "gtk-dialog-error", 10959 /** 10960 * The “Information” item and icon. 10961 * 10962 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-information". 10963 */ 10964 DIALOG_INFO = "gtk-dialog-info", 10965 /** 10966 * The “Question” item and icon. 10967 * 10968 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-question". 10969 */ 10970 DIALOG_QUESTION = "gtk-dialog-question", 10971 /** 10972 * The “Warning” item and icon. 10973 * 10974 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-warning". 10975 */ 10976 DIALOG_WARNING = "gtk-dialog-warning", 10977 /** 10978 * The “Directory” icon. 10979 * 10980 * Deprecated: Use named icon "folder". 10981 */ 10982 DIRECTORY = "gtk-directory", 10983 /** 10984 * The “Discard” item. 10985 */ 10986 DISCARD = "gtk-discard", 10987 /** 10988 * The “Disconnect” icon. 10989 */ 10990 DISCONNECT = "gtk-disconnect", 10991 /** 10992 * The “Drag-And-Drop” icon. 10993 */ 10994 DND = "gtk-dnd", 10995 /** 10996 * The “Drag-And-Drop multiple” icon. 10997 */ 10998 DND_MULTIPLE = "gtk-dnd-multiple", 10999 /** 11000 * The “Edit” item and icon. 11001 */ 11002 EDIT = "gtk-edit", 11003 /** 11004 * The “Execute” item and icon. 11005 * 11006 * Deprecated: Use named icon "system-run". 11007 */ 11008 EXECUTE = "gtk-execute", 11009 /** 11010 * The “File” item and icon. 11011 * 11012 * Since 3.0, this item has a label, before it only had an icon. 11013 * 11014 * Deprecated: Use named icon "text-x-generic". 11015 */ 11016 FILE = "gtk-file", 11017 /** 11018 * The “Find” item and icon. 11019 * 11020 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-find". 11021 */ 11022 FIND = "gtk-find", 11023 /** 11024 * The “Find and Replace” item and icon. 11025 * 11026 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-find-replace". 11027 */ 11028 FIND_AND_REPLACE = "gtk-find-and-replace", 11029 /** 11030 * The “Floppy” item and icon. 11031 */ 11032 FLOPPY = "gtk-floppy", 11033 /** 11034 * The “Fullscreen” item and icon. 11035 * 11036 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-fullscreen". 11037 */ 11038 FULLSCREEN = "gtk-fullscreen", 11039 /** 11040 * The “Bottom” item and icon. 11041 * 11042 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-bottom". 11043 */ 11044 GOTO_BOTTOM = "gtk-goto-bottom", 11045 /** 11046 * The “First” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11047 * 11048 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-first". 11049 */ 11050 GOTO_FIRST = "gtk-goto-first", 11051 /** 11052 * The “Last” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11053 * 11054 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-last". 11055 */ 11056 GOTO_LAST = "gtk-goto-last", 11057 /** 11058 * The “Top” item and icon. 11059 * 11060 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-top". 11061 */ 11062 GOTO_TOP = "gtk-goto-top", 11063 /** 11064 * The “Back” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11065 * 11066 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-previous". 11067 */ 11068 GO_BACK = "gtk-go-back", 11069 /** 11070 * The “Down” item and icon. 11071 * 11072 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-down". 11073 */ 11074 GO_DOWN = "gtk-go-down", 11075 /** 11076 * The “Forward” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11077 * 11078 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-next". 11079 */ 11080 GO_FORWARD = "gtk-go-forward", 11081 /** 11082 * The “Up” item and icon. 11083 * 11084 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-up". 11085 */ 11086 GO_UP = "gtk-go-up", 11087 /** 11088 * The “Harddisk” item and icon. 11089 * 11090 * Deprecated: Use named icon "drive-harddisk". 11091 */ 11092 HARDDISK = "gtk-harddisk", 11093 /** 11094 * The “Help” item and icon. 11095 * 11096 * Deprecated: Use named icon "help-browser". 11097 */ 11098 HELP = "gtk-help", 11099 /** 11100 * The “Home” item and icon. 11101 * 11102 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-home". 11103 */ 11104 HOME = "gtk-home", 11105 /** 11106 * The “Indent” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11107 * 11108 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-indent-more". 11109 */ 11110 INDENT = "gtk-indent", 11111 /** 11112 * The “Index” item and icon. 11113 */ 11114 INDEX = "gtk-index", 11115 /** 11116 * The “Info” item and icon. 11117 * 11118 * Deprecated: Use named icon "dialog-information". 11119 */ 11120 INFO = "gtk-info", 11121 /** 11122 * The “Italic” item and icon. 11123 * 11124 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-italic". 11125 */ 11126 ITALIC = "gtk-italic", 11127 /** 11128 * The “Jump to” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11129 * 11130 * Deprecated: Use named icon "go-jump". 11131 */ 11132 JUMP_TO = "gtk-jump-to", 11133 /** 11134 * The “Center” item and icon. 11135 * 11136 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-center". 11137 */ 11138 JUSTIFY_CENTER = "gtk-justify-center", 11139 /** 11140 * The “Fill” item and icon. 11141 * 11142 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-fill". 11143 */ 11144 JUSTIFY_FILL = "gtk-justify-fill", 11145 /** 11146 * The “Left” item and icon. 11147 * 11148 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-left". 11149 */ 11150 JUSTIFY_LEFT = "gtk-justify-left", 11151 /** 11152 * The “Right” item and icon. 11153 * 11154 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-justify-right". 11155 */ 11156 JUSTIFY_RIGHT = "gtk-justify-right", 11157 /** 11158 * The “Leave Fullscreen” item and icon. 11159 * 11160 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-restore". 11161 */ 11162 LEAVE_FULLSCREEN = "gtk-leave-fullscreen", 11163 /** 11164 * The “Media Forward” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11165 * 11166 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-seek-forward" or the label "_Forward". 11167 */ 11168 MEDIA_FORWARD = "gtk-media-forward", 11169 /** 11170 * The “Media Next” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11171 * 11172 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-skip-forward" or the label "_Next". 11173 */ 11174 MEDIA_NEXT = "gtk-media-next", 11175 /** 11176 * The “Media Pause” item and icon. 11177 * 11178 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-playback-pause" or the label "P_ause". 11179 */ 11180 MEDIA_PAUSE = "gtk-media-pause", 11181 /** 11182 * The “Media Play” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11183 * 11184 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-playback-start" or the label "_Play". 11185 */ 11186 MEDIA_PLAY = "gtk-media-play", 11187 /** 11188 * The “Media Previous” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11189 * 11190 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-skip-backward" or the label "Pre_vious". 11191 */ 11192 MEDIA_PREVIOUS = "gtk-media-previous", 11193 /** 11194 * The “Media Record” item and icon. 11195 * 11196 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-record" or the label "_Record". 11197 */ 11198 MEDIA_RECORD = "gtk-media-record", 11199 /** 11200 * The “Media Rewind” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11201 * 11202 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-seek-backward" or the label "R_ewind". 11203 */ 11204 MEDIA_REWIND = "gtk-media-rewind", 11205 /** 11206 * The “Media Stop” item and icon. 11207 * 11208 * Deprecated: Use named icon "media-playback-stop" or the label "_Stop". 11209 */ 11210 MEDIA_STOP = "gtk-media-stop", 11211 /** 11212 * The “Missing image” icon. 11213 * 11214 * Deprecated: Use named icon "image-missing". 11215 */ 11216 MISSING_IMAGE = "gtk-missing-image", 11217 /** 11218 * The “Network” item and icon. 11219 * 11220 * Deprecated: Use named icon "network-workgroup". 11221 */ 11222 NETWORK = "gtk-network", 11223 /** 11224 * The “New” item and icon. 11225 * 11226 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-new" or the label "_New". 11227 */ 11228 NEW = "gtk-new", 11229 /** 11230 * The “No” item and icon. 11231 */ 11232 NO = "gtk-no", 11233 /** 11234 * The “OK” item and icon. 11235 * 11236 * Deprecated: Do not use an icon. Use label "_OK". 11237 */ 11238 OK = "gtk-ok", 11239 /** 11240 * The “Open” item and icon. 11241 * 11242 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-open" or the label "_Open". 11243 */ 11244 OPEN = "gtk-open", 11245 /** 11246 * The “Landscape Orientation” item and icon. 11247 */ 11248 ORIENTATION_LANDSCAPE = "gtk-orientation-landscape", 11249 /** 11250 * The “Portrait Orientation” item and icon. 11251 */ 11252 ORIENTATION_PORTRAIT = "gtk-orientation-portrait", 11253 /** 11254 * The “Reverse Landscape Orientation” item and icon. 11255 */ 11256 ORIENTATION_REVERSE_LANDSCAPE = "gtk-orientation-reverse-landscape", 11257 /** 11258 * The “Reverse Portrait Orientation” item and icon. 11259 */ 11260 ORIENTATION_REVERSE_PORTRAIT = "gtk-orientation-reverse-portrait", 11261 /** 11262 * The “Page Setup” item and icon. 11263 * 11264 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-page-setup" or the label "Page Set_up". 11265 */ 11266 PAGE_SETUP = "gtk-page-setup", 11267 /** 11268 * The “Paste” item and icon. 11269 * 11270 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-paste" or the label "_Paste". 11271 */ 11272 PASTE = "gtk-paste", 11273 /** 11274 * The “Preferences” item and icon. 11275 * 11276 * Deprecated: Use named icon "preferences-system" or the label "_Preferences". 11277 */ 11278 PREFERENCES = "gtk-preferences", 11279 /** 11280 * The “Print” item and icon. 11281 * 11282 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-print" or the label "_Print". 11283 */ 11284 PRINT = "gtk-print", 11285 /** 11286 * The “Print Error” icon. 11287 * 11288 * Deprecated: Use named icon "printer-error". 11289 */ 11290 PRINT_ERROR = "gtk-print-error", 11291 /** 11292 * The “Print Paused” icon. 11293 */ 11294 PRINT_PAUSED = "gtk-print-paused", 11295 /** 11296 * The “Print Preview” item and icon. 11297 * 11298 * Deprecated: Use label "Pre_view". 11299 */ 11300 PRINT_PREVIEW = "gtk-print-preview", 11301 /** 11302 * The “Print Report” icon. 11303 */ 11304 PRINT_REPORT = "gtk-print-report", 11305 /** 11306 * The “Print Warning” icon. 11307 */ 11308 PRINT_WARNING = "gtk-print-warning", 11309 /** 11310 * The “Properties” item and icon. 11311 * 11312 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-properties" or the label "_Properties". 11313 */ 11314 PROPERTIES = "gtk-properties", 11315 /** 11316 * The “Quit” item and icon. 11317 * 11318 * Deprecated: Use named icon "application-exit" or the label "_Quit". 11319 */ 11320 QUIT = "gtk-quit", 11321 /** 11322 * The “Redo” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11323 * 11324 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-redo" or the label "_Redo". 11325 */ 11326 REDO = "gtk-redo", 11327 /** 11328 * The “Refresh” item and icon. 11329 * 11330 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-refresh" or the label "_Refresh". 11331 */ 11332 REFRESH = "gtk-refresh", 11333 /** 11334 * The “Remove” item and icon. 11335 * 11336 * Deprecated: Use named icon "list-remove" or the label "_Remove". 11337 */ 11338 REMOVE = "gtk-remove", 11339 /** 11340 * The “Revert” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11341 * 11342 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-revert" or the label "_Revert". 11343 */ 11344 REVERT_TO_SAVED = "gtk-revert-to-saved", 11345 /** 11346 * The “Save” item and icon. 11347 * 11348 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-save" or the label "_Save". 11349 */ 11350 SAVE = "gtk-save", 11351 /** 11352 * The “Save As” item and icon. 11353 * 11354 * Deprecated: Use named icon "document-save-as" or the label "Save _As". 11355 */ 11356 SAVE_AS = "gtk-save-as", 11357 /** 11358 * The “Select All” item and icon. 11359 * 11360 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-select-all" or the label "Select _All". 11361 */ 11362 SELECT_ALL = "gtk-select-all", 11363 /** 11364 * The “Color” item and icon. 11365 */ 11366 SELECT_COLOR = "gtk-select-color", 11367 /** 11368 * The “Font” item and icon. 11369 */ 11370 SELECT_FONT = "gtk-select-font", 11371 /** 11372 * The “Ascending” item and icon. 11373 * 11374 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-sort-ascending". 11375 */ 11376 SORT_ASCENDING = "gtk-sort-ascending", 11377 /** 11378 * The “Descending” item and icon. 11379 * 11380 * Deprecated: Use named icon "view-sort-descending". 11381 */ 11382 SORT_DESCENDING = "gtk-sort-descending", 11383 /** 11384 * The “Spell Check” item and icon. 11385 * 11386 * Deprecated: Use named icon "tools-check-spelling". 11387 */ 11388 SPELL_CHECK = "gtk-spell-check", 11389 /** 11390 * The “Stop” item and icon. 11391 * 11392 * Deprecated: Use named icon "process-stop" or the label "_Stop". 11393 */ 11394 STOP = "gtk-stop", 11395 /** 11396 * The “Strikethrough” item and icon. 11397 * 11398 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-strikethrough" or the label "_Strikethrough". 11399 */ 11400 STRIKETHROUGH = "gtk-strikethrough", 11401 /** 11402 * The “Undelete” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11403 */ 11404 UNDELETE = "gtk-undelete", 11405 /** 11406 * The “Underline” item and icon. 11407 * 11408 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-text-underline" or the label "_Underline". 11409 */ 11410 UNDERLINE = "gtk-underline", 11411 /** 11412 * The “Undo” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11413 * 11414 * Deprecated: Use named icon "edit-undo" or the label "_Undo". 11415 */ 11416 UNDO = "gtk-undo", 11417 /** 11418 * The “Unindent” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant. 11419 * 11420 * Deprecated: Use named icon "format-indent-less". 11421 */ 11422 UNINDENT = "gtk-unindent", 11423 /** 11424 * The “Yes” item and icon. 11425 */ 11426 YES = "gtk-yes", 11427 /** 11428 * The “Zoom 100%” item and icon. 11429 * 11430 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-original" or the label "_Normal Size". 11431 */ 11432 ZOOM_100 = "gtk-zoom-100", 11433 /** 11434 * The “Zoom to Fit” item and icon. 11435 * 11436 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-fit-best" or the label "Best _Fit". 11437 */ 11438 ZOOM_FIT = "gtk-zoom-fit", 11439 /** 11440 * The “Zoom In” item and icon. 11441 * 11442 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-in" or the label "Zoom _In". 11443 */ 11444 ZOOM_IN = "gtk-zoom-in", 11445 /** 11446 * The “Zoom Out” item and icon. 11447 * 11448 * Deprecated: Use named icon "zoom-out" or the label "Zoom _Out". 11449 */ 11450 ZOOM_OUT = "gtk-zoom-out", 11451 }